]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blame - NEWS
growfs: make global variables that don't need to be exported static
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
CommitLineData
d657c51f 1systemd System and Service Manager
220a21d3 2
e8498f82 3CHANGES WITH 239:
019cb3ab
SH
4
5 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
d69f5282
ZJS
6 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
7 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
8 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
9 a slot number associated.
10
11 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
12 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
13 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
14 independent.
15
16 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
17 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
18 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
19
20 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
21 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
22 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
23 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
019cb3ab 24
6e2d744b
YW
25 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
26 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
fe903cf4
LP
27 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
28 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
29 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
30 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
31 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
32 e.g. NIS.
33
34 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
35 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
36 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
37 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
38 may be necessary to update the file.
e0eee477 39
1fc83d09
LP
40 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
41 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
42 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
43 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
44 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
45 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
46 documentation.
47
41a4c3ec
LP
48 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
49 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
50 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
5cadf58e
ZJS
51 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
52 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
53 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
54 them.
41a4c3ec 55
ce55bd5e
ZJS
56 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
57 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
fe903cf4
LP
58 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
59 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
60 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
ce55bd5e 61
e01d9e21
LP
62 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
63 now default to a system call whitelist (rather than a blacklist, as
64 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
65 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
66 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
67 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
68 too, as the default whitelisting will prohibit all mount, swap,
69 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
70
5cadf58e
ZJS
71 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
72 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
73 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
74 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
41a4c3ec
LP
75 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
76
c9299be2
IT
77 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
78 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
c086ce8c
LP
79 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
80 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
81 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
82
73c718a9
YW
83 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
84 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
85 not created by systemd-sysusers.
86
41a4c3ec
LP
87 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
88 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
89 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
5cadf58e
ZJS
90 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
91
75da262a
LP
92 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
93 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
5cadf58e
ZJS
94 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
95 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
41a4c3ec
LP
96
97 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
98 where the system initially suspends, and after a time-out resumes and
99 hibernates again.
100
101 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
102 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
103
104 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
105 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
106 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
107
108 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
109 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
110 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
111 was not configurable and set to 512.
112
5cadf58e
ZJS
113 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
114 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
115 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
116 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
117 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
118 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
119 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
120 in particular su and sudo.
41a4c3ec
LP
121
122 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
123 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
bc99dac5 124 synchronization has been received from the network. This
41a4c3ec
LP
125 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
126 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
127 services.
128
129 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
130 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
131 files should work for hibernation now.
132
5cadf58e
ZJS
133 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
134 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
41a4c3ec
LP
135 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
136 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
137 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
138 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
139 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
140 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
5cadf58e
ZJS
141 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
142 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
41a4c3ec 143 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
5cadf58e
ZJS
144 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
145 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
146 name following the last dash.
147
148 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
88099359 149 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
5cadf58e 150 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
88099359
ZJS
151 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
152 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
41a4c3ec
LP
153
154 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
155 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
156 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
5cadf58e
ZJS
157 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
158 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
159 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
41a4c3ec 160
c7f93e28
ZJS
161 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
162 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
ba1dc1a1
LP
163 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
164 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
c7f93e28 165
41a4c3ec
LP
166 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
167 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
168 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
5cadf58e
ZJS
169 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
170 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
41a4c3ec
LP
171
172 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
173 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
174 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
175 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
176 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
177 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
178 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
179 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
180 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
5cadf58e
ZJS
181 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
182 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
183 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
41a4c3ec
LP
184 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
185
186 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
187 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
188 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
189 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
190 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
191 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
192 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
193 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
194 settings.
195
196 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
197 expiration feature, if it is available.
198
5cadf58e
ZJS
199 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
200 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
201 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
202
203 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
204 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
41a4c3ec
LP
205
206 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
207
208 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
209 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
210
5cadf58e 211 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
41a4c3ec
LP
212 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
213 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
214 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
215 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
216 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
5cadf58e
ZJS
217 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
218 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
41a4c3ec
LP
219 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
220 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
221 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
222
704ae536
YW
223 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
224 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
225 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
226 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
41a4c3ec
LP
227
228 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
229 about its state.
230
73c718a9
YW
231 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
232 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
233 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
234 "timedatectl set-ntp".
235
41a4c3ec
LP
236 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
237 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
5cadf58e 238 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
41a4c3ec
LP
239 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
240 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
241 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
242 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
243 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
244 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
5cadf58e 245 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
41a4c3ec
LP
246 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
247
5cadf58e 248 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
41a4c3ec
LP
249 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
250
5cadf58e 251 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
41a4c3ec 252 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
5cadf58e
ZJS
253 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
254 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
41a4c3ec
LP
255 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
256 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
257
258 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
259 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
260 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
261 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
262 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
263 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
264 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
265
266 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
267 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
c7f93e28
ZJS
268 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
269 shown.)
41a4c3ec 270
41a4c3ec
LP
271 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
272 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
273 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
274 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
275 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
276 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
277 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
278 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
279 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
280
281 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
282 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
283 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
284
285 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
286 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
c7f93e28
ZJS
287 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
288 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
289 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
290 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
291 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
292 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
41a4c3ec
LP
293
294 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
295
296 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
5cadf58e 297 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
41a4c3ec
LP
298 automatically when the system clock changed.)
299
300 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
301 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
302
303 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/doc/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
304 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
305 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/doc/CODE_QUALITY.md
306
d6906108
LP
307 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
308
309 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/doc/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
310
311 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
312 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
313
41a4c3ec
LP
314 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
315 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
316 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
317 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
318 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
319 external user databases.
320
321 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
322 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
323 refused due to the enforced limits.
324
325 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
326 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
327 manages.
328
c49a7cbd
LP
329 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
330 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
331 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
332 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
333 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
334 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
335 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
336 wher this is now used by default.
337
57ab451e
ZJS
338 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
339 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
340
c7668c1c
LP
341 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
342 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
343 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
344 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
345 update process in a generic way.
346
41a4c3ec 347 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
ec53d48c 348 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
bb6f071f
LP
349 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
350 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
351 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
352 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
353 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
354 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
355 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
356 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
357 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
358 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
359 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
360 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
361 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
362 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
363 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
364 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
365 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
366 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
367 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
368 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
61d0025d 369 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
bb6f071f
LP
370 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
371 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
372 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
373 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
374 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
375 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
41a4c3ec 376
e8498f82 377 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
41a4c3ec 378
c657bff1 379CHANGES WITH 238:
e0c46a73
LP
380
381 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
382 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
383 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
384 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
444d5863
ZJS
385 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
386 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
387 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
388 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
389 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
07a35e84 390 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
444d5863
ZJS
391 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
392 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
393 to revert this change.
e0c46a73 394
313c32c3
ZJS
395 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
396 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
397 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
398 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
399 once at the end of the transaction.
400
401 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
402 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
403 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
404 scripts.
405
406 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
407 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
408 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
409 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
410 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
411 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
412 still allowing local admin overrides.
413
07a35e84 414 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
313c32c3
ZJS
415 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
416 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
417
418 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
07a35e84 419 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
313c32c3
ZJS
420 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
421 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
422 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
423
424 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
425 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
426 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
427 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
428 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
429 from package installation scripts.
430
431 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
432 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
433 without the user number ("u username -:456").
434
435 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
436 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
437
438 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
439 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
440 /sbin/nologin for other users).
441
442 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
443 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
444 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
445 --systemd, --user, or --global).
446
447 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
448 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
449 which are triggered meanwhile).
450
451 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
452 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
453 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
454 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
455 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
456
457 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
458 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
459 rotated very quickly.
460
461 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
462 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
463 pending bus messages.
464
465 * systemd gained a new
466 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
467 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
468 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
469 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
470 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
471 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
472 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
473 again in pure cgroups v2 environments when invoked from the user
474 session scope.
475
476 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
477 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
478 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
479 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
480 the tree to be accessed.
481
482 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
483 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
484 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
485
486 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
487 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
488 to keys in the main keyring.
489
490 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
491
492 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
493 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
494
495 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
496
497 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
498 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
499 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
500 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
501 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
502 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
503 explicitly.
504
505 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
506 the colour of "OK" status messages.
507
508 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
509 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
510 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
511 be restarted.
512
513 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
514 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
515
c657bff1
ZJS
516 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
517 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
518 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
519 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
520 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
521 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
522 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
523 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
524 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
525 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
526 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
527 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
528 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
529 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
530 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
531 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
532
533 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
534
82c8e3e6 535CHANGES WITH 237:
2b0c59ba
MP
536
537 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
538 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
539 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
540 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
541
49e87292
LP
542 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
543 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
544 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
545 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
546 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
547 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
548 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
549 behaviour has been altered slightly, to match what the documentation
550 says: lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files
551 don't exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the
552 file.
553
82c8e3e6
LP
554 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
555 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
556 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
557 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
558 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
559 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
560 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
561 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
562 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that reqires
563 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
564
95894b91
LP
565 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
566 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
567 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
568 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
569 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
570 now provides explicit control.
571
1a0cd2c7
ZJS
572 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
573 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
95894b91
LP
574 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
575 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
576 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
1a0cd2c7
ZJS
577 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
578 unit types that already supported transient operation.
95894b91
LP
579
580 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
581 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
582 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
583
584 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
585 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
586
587 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
588 .network files all gained support for a new condition
589 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
590 versions.
591
592 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
6cddc792 593 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
95894b91
LP
594 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
595 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
596 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
597 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
598 understands RapidCommit=.
599
600 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
601 Delegation.
602
603 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
604 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
605 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
606 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
607 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
608 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
609 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
610 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
611 --watch-bind= command line switch.
612
613 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
614 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
615 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
616 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
617 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
618 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
619 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
620 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
caf2a2d8 621 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
95894b91
LP
622 "Disconnected" signals).
623
624 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
625 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
626 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
627 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
628 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
629 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
630 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
631 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
632 round-trips are removed.
633
634 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
635 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
636 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
637 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
638
639 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
640 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
641 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
642 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
643 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
644 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
645
646 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
647 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
648 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
649 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
6cddc792
CR
650 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
651 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
95894b91
LP
652 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
653 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
654 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
655 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
656
657 * sd-event gained a new call pair
6cddc792
CR
658 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
659 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
95894b91
LP
660 when the event source is destroyed.
661
662 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
663 connections.
664
6cddc792
CR
665 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
666 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
667 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
95894b91
LP
668 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
669 new transitional flag file has been added: if
670 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
671 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
672
673 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
674 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
675 manager.
676
31751f7e 677 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
e6501af8
ZJS
678 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
679 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
680 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
681 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
682
56a29112 683 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
508058c9 684 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
56a29112 685 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
508058c9
LP
686 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
687 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
56a29112 688 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
508058c9
LP
689
690 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
bc99dac5 691 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
508058c9
LP
692 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
693 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
694 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
56a29112 695 level/target is given as an argument.
95894b91 696
508058c9
LP
697 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
698 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
699 where UID and GID do not match.
700
95894b91 701 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
508058c9
LP
702 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
703 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
704 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
705 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
706 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
707 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
708 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
709 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
710 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
711 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
712 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
713 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
714 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
715 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
716 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
717 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
718 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
719 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
720 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
721 Палаузов
722
723 — Brno, 2018-01-28
2b0c59ba 724
a1b2c92d 725CHANGES WITH 236:
195b943d 726
89780840
ZJS
727 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
728 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
729 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
730 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
195b943d 731
3925496a
LP
732 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
733 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
734 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
735 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
736 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
737 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
738 valid specifiers today.)
751223fe 739
e6b2d948 740 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
89780840
ZJS
741 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
742 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
743 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
744 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
745 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
e6b2d948 746
67eb5b38
LP
747 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
748 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
749 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
750 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
751
89780840
ZJS
752 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
753 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
754 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
755 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
756 services are resolved properly.
67eb5b38 757
3925496a
LP
758 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
759 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
760 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
761 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
762 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
763 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
764 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
765 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
766 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
767 and btrfs.
768
67eb5b38
LP
769 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
770 DNS server and domain information.
771
772 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
773 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
774 runtime.
775
89780840 776 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
67eb5b38
LP
777 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
778 empty for the first time.
779
8ea2dcb0
ZJS
780 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
781 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
782 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
783 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
784 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
785 running in the user session.
786
787 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
788 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
789 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
790 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
791 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
792 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
67eb5b38 793 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
8ea2dcb0 794 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
67eb5b38
LP
795 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
796 user instance).
797
798 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
799 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
800
801 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
89780840
ZJS
802 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
803 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
804 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
67eb5b38
LP
805
806 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
89780840 807 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
67eb5b38
LP
808
809 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
810 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
811 sleep verbs.
812
e9ad86d5 813 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
67eb5b38
LP
814
815 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
89780840 816 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
67eb5b38 817
89780840 818 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
67eb5b38 819
89780840
ZJS
820 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
821 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
822 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
67eb5b38 823
89780840
ZJS
824 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
825 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
826 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
827 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
828 instance.
67eb5b38
LP
829
830 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
831 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
832 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
833
834 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
835 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
836 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
837
89780840 838 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
67eb5b38 839
89780840
ZJS
840 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
841 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
842 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
843 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
844 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
845 processes.
67eb5b38 846
89780840
ZJS
847 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
848 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
849 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
850 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
67eb5b38
LP
851
852 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
853 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
854 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
855
89780840
ZJS
856 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
857 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
858 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
859 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
860 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
861
67eb5b38
LP
862 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
863 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
864
865 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
866 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
867 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
868 time the specified expression would elapse.
869
870 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
89780840
ZJS
871 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
872 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
873 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
874 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
875 types, not just services.
67eb5b38
LP
876
877 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
dd014eeb 878 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
67eb5b38
LP
879 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
880 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
881
882 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
883 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
884 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
885 interface for this purpose.
886
887 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
888 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
889 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
890 anyway.
891
f09eb768
LP
892 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
893 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
3925496a
LP
894 requirements of systemd.
895
896 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
897 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
898 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
899
900 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
901 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
902 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
903 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
904
a327431b
DB
905 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
906 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
907 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
908 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
909
ea2a3c9e
LP
910 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
911 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
912
a1b2c92d
LP
913 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
914 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
915 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
916 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
917 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
918 managing software supports (such as pppd).
919
920 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
921 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
922 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
923
3925496a
LP
924 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
925 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
926 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
ea2a3c9e 927 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
a1b2c92d
LP
928 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
929 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
930 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
931 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
932 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
933 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
934 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
935 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
936 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
937 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
938 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
939 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
940 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
941 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
942 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
943 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
944 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
945 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
946 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
67eb5b38 947
ea2a3c9e 948 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
3754abc5 949
582faeb4
DJL
950CHANGES WITH 235:
951
2bcbffd6
LP
952 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
953 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
954 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
955 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
23d37367 956 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
2bcbffd6
LP
957 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
958 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
959 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
960 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
961 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
962 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
963 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
964 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
965 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
966 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
967 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
968 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
969 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
970 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
971 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
972 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
973 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
974 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
975 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
976 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
977 IPAddressDeny= see below.
978
fccf5419
LP
979 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
980 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
981 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
982 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
983 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
984 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
985 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
986 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
582faeb4 987
ef5a8cb1 988 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
21723f53
ZJS
989 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
990 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
991 used to change those values.
ef5a8cb1 992
fccf5419
LP
993 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
994 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
21723f53
ZJS
995 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
996 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
997 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
998 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
fccf5419 999
21723f53
ZJS
1000 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
1001 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
1002 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
1003 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
fccf5419
LP
1004
1005 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
1006 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
1007 one top-level directory.
1008
1009 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
1010 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
1011 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
21723f53 1012 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
fccf5419
LP
1013 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
1014 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
1015 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
1016 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
1017 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
1018 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
1019 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
75dfbbac
LP
1020 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
1021 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
1022 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
1023 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
fccf5419
LP
1024
1025 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
1026 Meson-only.
1027
1028 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
1029 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
1030 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
1031 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
1032 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
1033 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
1034 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
1035 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
1036 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
1037 acceptable to us.
1038
1039 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
1040 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
1041 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
1042 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
1043 host name open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
1044 requested at build time.
1045
1046 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
1047 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
1048 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
1049 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
1050 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
1051 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
1052 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
1053 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
1054 Type= setting which permits configuring
1055 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
1056
1057 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
1058 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
1059 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
1060 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
1061 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
1062 local frames between bridge ports.
1063
1064 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
1065 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
1066 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
1067
1068 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
21723f53 1069 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
fccf5419
LP
1070
1071 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
21723f53
ZJS
1072 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
1073 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
fccf5419
LP
1074 implement a system call whitelist instead of a blacklist.
1075
1076 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
1077 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
1078 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
21723f53
ZJS
1079 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
1080 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
1081 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
1082 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
fccf5419
LP
1083 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
1084
1085 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
1086 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
1087 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
1088 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
1089 command.)
1090
1091 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
1092 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
1093 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
1094
44898c53
LP
1095 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
1096 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
fccf5419
LP
1097 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
1098 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
1099
1100 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
1101 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
1102 configured, except for the credentials applied by
1103 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
1104 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
1105 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
1106 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
1107 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
1108 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
1109 on systems where this is not supported.
1110
1111 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
1112 sockets.
1113
1114 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
1115 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
1116 during runtime.
1117
1118 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
1119 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
21723f53 1120 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
fccf5419
LP
1121
1122 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
1123 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
1124 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
1125
1126 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
1127 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
21723f53
ZJS
1128 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
1129 Following this logic, two new special targets
fccf5419 1130 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
21723f53
ZJS
1131 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
1132 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
fccf5419
LP
1133
1134 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
21723f53
ZJS
1135 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
1136 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
fccf5419
LP
1137 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
1138
1139 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
1140 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
1141 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
1142 --wait".
1143
1144 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
1145 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
1146 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
1147 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
1148 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
1149 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
1150 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
1151 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
1152 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
1153
21723f53 1154 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
608f70e6 1155 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
fccf5419
LP
1156 containing information about the consumed resources of this
1157 invocation.
1158
1159 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
1160 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
1161 processes.
1162
e06fafb2
LP
1163 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
1164 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
1165 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
21723f53
ZJS
1166 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
1167 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
e06fafb2
LP
1168 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
1169 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
1170 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
1171 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
1172 systems for all five operations.
1173
1174 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
1175 the system.
1176
fccf5419
LP
1177 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
1178 than UTC or the local timezone.
1179
f6e64b78 1180 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
21723f53
ZJS
1181 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
1182 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
1183 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
1184 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
1185 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
1186 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
1187 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
f6e64b78 1188
d55b0463
LP
1189 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
1190 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
1191 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
1192 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
cf84484a
LP
1193 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
1194 again.
1195
1196 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
1197 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
1198 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
d55b0463 1199
fccf5419
LP
1200 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
1201 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
76451c1d
LP
1202 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
1203 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
1204 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
1205 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
1206 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
1207 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
1208 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
1209 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
1210 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
1211 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
1212 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
1213 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
1214 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
1215 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
1216 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
1217 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
1218 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
1219 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
fccf5419 1220
c1719d8b 1221 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
fccf5419 1222
4b4da299
LP
1223CHANGES WITH 234:
1224
1225 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
1226 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
1227 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
1228 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
1229 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
1230 summary:
1231
1232 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
1233
1234 becomes:
1235
1236 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
1237
1238 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
1239 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
1240 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
1241 .device units.
1242
1243 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
1244 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
1245 running a systemd user instance.
1246
1247 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
1248 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
1249 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
1250 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
1251 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
1252 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
1253
9f09a95a 1254 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
4b4da299
LP
1255
1256 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
1257 (domain search list).
1258
1259 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
bc99dac5 1260 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
4b4da299
LP
1261 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
1262 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
1263 implementation of RA.
1264
1265 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
1266 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
1267 ISO date values.
1268
1269 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
1270 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
1271 devices.
1272
1273 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
1274 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
1275 option.
1276
1277 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
7f7ab228
ZJS
1278 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
1279 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
1280 default yet.
4b4da299
LP
1281
1282 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
1283 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
1284 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
1285 SHA256SUMS files.
1286
1287 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
1288 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
1289
1290 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
1291
1292 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
1293
1294 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
1295 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
5486a31d
ZJS
1296
1297 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
1298 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
1299 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
1300 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
1301
9f09a95a
ZJS
1302 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
1303 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
38d93385 1304 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
9f09a95a
ZJS
1305 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
1306 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
1307 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
1308 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
1309 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
1310 systemd-logind to be safe. See
1311 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
1312
9d8813b3
YW
1313 * All kernel install plugins are called with the environment variable
1314 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
1315 /etc/machine-id. If the file is missing or empty, the variable is
1316 empty and BOOT_DIR_ABS is the path of a temporary directory which is
38d93385 1317 removed after all the plugins exit. So, if KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID
9d8813b3
YW
1318 is empty, all plugins should not put anything in BOOT_DIR_ABS.
1319
184d2c15 1320 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
ac172e52
LP
1321 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
1322 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
1323 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
1324 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
184d2c15
LP
1325 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
1326 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
1327 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1328 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
ac172e52
LP
1329 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
1330 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
1331 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
1332 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
1333 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
1334 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
1335 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
1336 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
1337 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
1338 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
1339 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
1340 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
1341 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
1342 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
1343 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
1344 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
184d2c15
LP
1345 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
1346 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
ac172e52
LP
1347 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
1348 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
1349 Георгиевски
4b4da299 1350
ac172e52 1351 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
4b4da299 1352
a2b53448 1353CHANGES WITH 233:
d08ee7cb 1354
23eb30b3
ZJS
1355 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
1356 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
1357 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
1358 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
1359 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
1360 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
1361 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
1362 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
1363 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
1364
1365 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
1366 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
1367 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
1368 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
1369 default selected on the configure command line
1370 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
1371 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
1372 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
1373 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
1374 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
1375 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
1376 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
1377 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
1378 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
1379 greatest stability and compatibility only.
1380
1381 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
1382 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
1383 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
1384 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
1385 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
1386 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
1387 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
1388 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
1389 further details about this.)
1390
fb7c4eff
MG
1391 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
1392 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
1393 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
1394
23eb30b3
ZJS
1395 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
1396 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
1397
d60c5270 1398 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
4dfe64f8
ZJS
1399 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
1400 with 'make install-tests'.
1401
23eb30b3
ZJS
1402 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
1403 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
1404 kernel.
1405
1406 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
1407 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
1408 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
1409 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
1410 by the Slice= option.
1411
5cfc0a84
LP
1412 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
1413 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
1414 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
1415 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
1416
2bcc3309
FB
1417 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
1418 following choices:
1419
b0eb2944 1420 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
dd6f9ac0 1421 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
2bcc3309 1422 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
d172b175 1423 (h)elp
eedf223a 1424 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
56fde33a 1425 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
2bcc3309
FB
1426 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
1427 (y)es, execute the command
1428
1429 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
1430 because its meaning was confusing.
1431
d08ee7cb
LP
1432 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
1433 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
1434
8e458bfe
JW
1435 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
1436 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
1437 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
1438
85266f9b
LP
1439 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
1440 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
1441 state directly, without executing these commands.
1442
baf32786
MP
1443 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
1444 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
23eb30b3 1445 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
fa8b4499 1446
631b676b
LP
1447 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
1448 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
1449 combination with After=) have been started.
1450
d08ee7cb
LP
1451 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
1452 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
23eb30b3 1453 setting, and which system calls they contain.
d08ee7cb
LP
1454
1455 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
23eb30b3 1456 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
d08ee7cb 1457 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
23eb30b3 1458 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
d08ee7cb
LP
1459 configuration related calls.
1460
1461 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
1462 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
1463 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
23eb30b3
ZJS
1464 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
1465 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
1466 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
1467 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
d08ee7cb 1468
23eb30b3
ZJS
1469 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
1470 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
d08ee7cb
LP
1471
1472 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
1473 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
1474 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
1475
23eb30b3
ZJS
1476 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
1477 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
1478
1479 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
1480 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
1481 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
1482 for compatibility.
1483
1484 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
1485 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
1486
1487 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
1488 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
1489
1490 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
1491 support for negative matching.
1492
d08ee7cb
LP
1493 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
1494
1495 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
1496 permitted runtime of the mount command.
1497
1498 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
1499 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
1500 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
1501 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
1502 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
1503 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
1504 removed from the drive.
1505
23eb30b3
ZJS
1506 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
1507 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
d08ee7cb
LP
1508
1509 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
1510 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
1511
23eb30b3
ZJS
1512 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
1513 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
1514 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
d08ee7cb
LP
1515
1516 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
1517 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
1518 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
1519 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
baf32786
MP
1520 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
1521 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
1522 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
d08ee7cb
LP
1523
1524 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
1525 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
1526 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
23eb30b3 1527 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
d08ee7cb
LP
1528 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
1529 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
1530
1531 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
1532 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
1533
23eb30b3
ZJS
1534 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
1535 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
d08ee7cb 1536 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
baf32786 1537 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
d08ee7cb
LP
1538 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
1539 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
1540 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
1541 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
1542
1543 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
1544 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
1545 including all control processes.
1546
1547 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
1548 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
1549 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
1550
1551 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
1552 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
1553 prefixing the source path with "+".
1554
1555 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
1556 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
1557 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
1558 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
1559 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
1560 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlayed
1561 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
1562 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
1563
baf32786
MP
1564 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
1565 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
1566 before).
d08ee7cb
LP
1567
1568 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
1569 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
1570 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
1571 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
1572 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
1573 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
1574 the new --root-hash= command line option).
1575
1576 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
1577 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
1578 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
1579 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
1580 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
1581 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
1582 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
3b31c466 1583 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
d08ee7cb
LP
1584 versions.
1585
1586 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
baf32786 1587 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
d08ee7cb
LP
1588 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
1589 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
1590 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
1591 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
1592 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
1593 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
1594 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
1595 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
1596 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
1597 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
1598 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
1599 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
1600 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
1601 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
1602 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
1603 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
1604 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
1605 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
1606 a Verity-enabled root partition.
1607
d08ee7cb
LP
1608 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
1609 accelerometer quirks.
1610
1611 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
1612 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
1613 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
1614 ID of each service.
1615
1616 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
1617 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
1618 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
1619 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
1620 view.
1621
1622 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
1623 environment variables:
1624
f09eb768 1625 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/doc/ENVIRONMENT.md
d08ee7cb
LP
1626
1627 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
1628 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
1629 address.
1630
1631 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
1632 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
1633 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
1634
d08ee7cb 1635 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
23eb30b3
ZJS
1636 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
1637 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
1638 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
1639 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
d08ee7cb 1640 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
23eb30b3
ZJS
1641 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
1642 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
d08ee7cb
LP
1643 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
1644 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
1645 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
1646 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
23eb30b3 1647 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
d08ee7cb
LP
1648
1649 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
1650 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
1651 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
1652
1653 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
1654 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
1655
1656 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
1657 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
1658 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
1659 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
23eb30b3 1660 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
d08ee7cb
LP
1661
1662 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
1663 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
1664 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
1665
1666 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
1667 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
1668
1669 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
1670 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
1671 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
1672 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
1673
1674 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
1675 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
1676 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
1677 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
1678 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
1679 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
1680 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
1681 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
1682 possibly even including full integrity data.
1683
1684 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
baf32786 1685 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
d08ee7cb
LP
1686 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
1687 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
1688 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
1689
1690 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
1691 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
1692 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
1693 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
1694 directly with systemd-nspawn.
1695
d08ee7cb 1696 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
23eb30b3 1697 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
d08ee7cb
LP
1698 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
1699 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
1700
c1ec34d1 1701 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
d08ee7cb
LP
1702 of coredumps in reverse order.
1703
23eb30b3
ZJS
1704 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
1705 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
1706 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
1707 additional informational message in its output.
1708
1709 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
1710 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
1711 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
1712
d08ee7cb 1713 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
23eb30b3 1714 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
d08ee7cb
LP
1715 scripting languages such as Python.
1716
1717 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
1718 namespacing is enabled for them.
1719
baf32786 1720 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
d08ee7cb
LP
1721 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
1722 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
baf32786 1723 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
23eb30b3
ZJS
1724 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
1725 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
d08ee7cb 1726
a2b53448
LP
1727 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
1728 root key (KSK).
1729
a2b53448
LP
1730 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
1731 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
1732 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
1733
d08ee7cb
LP
1734 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
1735 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
1736 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
1737 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
1738 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
1739 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
1740 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
1741 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
1742 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
a2b53448
LP
1743 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
1744 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
1745 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
1746 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
1747 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
1748 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
1749 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
1750 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
1751 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
1752 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
1753 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
1754 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
1755 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
1756 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
1757 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
1758 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
1759 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
1760 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
1761 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
1762 Тихонов
1763
1764 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
d08ee7cb 1765
54b24597 1766CHANGES WITH 232:
76153ad4 1767
05f426d2
LP
1768 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
1769 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
1770 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
1771 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
1772 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
1773 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
1774
4ffe2479
ZJS
1775 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
1776 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
1777
6fa44114 1778 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
4c37970d
LP
1779 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
1780 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
6fa44114 1781
4a77c53d
ZJS
1782 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
1783 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
1784 to be remounted read-only for a service.
1785
e49e2c25 1786 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
4a77c53d
ZJS
1787 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
1788 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
1789 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
1790
6fa44114 1791 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
4a77c53d
ZJS
1792 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
1793
1794 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
1795 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
1796 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
1797
4ffe2479
ZJS
1798 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
1799 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
1800 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
1801 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
1802 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
1803 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
1804 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
4a77c53d
ZJS
1805 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
1806 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
1807 permanent modifications to the system.
4ffe2479 1808
171ae2cd 1809 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
4ffe2479 1810 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
171ae2cd 1811 container or chroot environments.
4ffe2479
ZJS
1812
1813 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
171ae2cd
LP
1814 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
1815 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
1816 mapped to nobody.
4ffe2479
ZJS
1817
1818 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
1819 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
1820 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
1821 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
1822
1823 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
1824 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
1825
1826 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
1827 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
1828 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
1829 and the support is provisional.
1830
171ae2cd
LP
1831 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
1832 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
1833 unit files in the file system).
1834
1835 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
1836 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
1837 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
1838 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
1839 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
1840 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
1841 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
1842 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
1843 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
1844 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
1845 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
1846 state is fixed automatically.
4ffe2479
ZJS
1847
1848 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
1849 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
1850 option.
1851
1852 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
1853 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
1854 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
1855 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
1856 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
1857 else.
1858
171ae2cd
LP
1859 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
1860 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
1861 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
1862 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
1863 bootable on physical systems.
1864
4a77c53d 1865 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
4ffe2479
ZJS
1866
1867 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
1868 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
1869 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
1870 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
1871 used.
1872
1873 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
d4c08299 1874 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
4ffe2479
ZJS
1875 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
1876 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
1877
05ecf467 1878 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
4ffe2479 1879
d4c08299 1880 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
4ffe2479
ZJS
1881 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
1882 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
1883 of the container).
1884
171ae2cd 1885 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
4ffe2479
ZJS
1886 files from the specified location.
1887
1888 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
1889 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
1890 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
1891 be active.
1892
1893 * The hardware database has been extended to support
1894 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
1895 trackball devices.
1896
1897 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
1898 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
1899 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
1900
1901 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
171ae2cd
LP
1902 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
1903 specified service binary exited.)
4ffe2479 1904
171ae2cd 1905 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
4a77c53d
ZJS
1906 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
1907
171ae2cd 1908 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
4ffe2479 1909 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
171ae2cd
LP
1910 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
1911 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
1912 --since= and --until= options.
4ffe2479
ZJS
1913
1914 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
1915 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
1916 are automatically propagated to the container.
1917
1918 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
171ae2cd
LP
1919 from a single IP address can be limited with
1920 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
1921 MaxConnections=.
4ffe2479 1922
4a77c53d
ZJS
1923 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
1924 configuration.
1925
1926 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
1927 drop-ins.
1928
4ffe2479
ZJS
1929 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
1930 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
1931 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
1932 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
1933 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
1934 [Link] section of .link files.
1935
171ae2cd
LP
1936 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
1937 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
1938 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
1939 section of .netdev files.
4ffe2479 1940
171ae2cd 1941 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
4a77c53d
ZJS
1942 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
1943 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
1944
171ae2cd 1945 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
4ffe2479
ZJS
1946 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
1947 .network files.
1948
171ae2cd
LP
1949 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
1950 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
1951 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
1952 service runtime cycle.
4ffe2479 1953
4a77c53d 1954 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
1f4f4cf7 1955 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
4a77c53d
ZJS
1956 has been traditionally doing.
1957
1958 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
1959 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
1960 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
1961 prevent any later plugins from running.
1962
76153ad4 1963 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
d4c08299 1964 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
76153ad4
ZJS
1965 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
1966 default of SplitMode=uid.
1967
4a77c53d
ZJS
1968 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
1969 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
1970 useful.
1971
4ffe2479
ZJS
1972 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
1973 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
1974 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
1975 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
1976 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
1977 individual namespaces.
1978
171ae2cd
LP
1979 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
1980 the output, as well as OS release information.
1981
1982 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
1983
1984 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
1985 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
1986 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
1987 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
1988 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
1989
1990 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
bc99dac5 1991 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
171ae2cd
LP
1992 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
1993 severed.
1994
1995 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
1996 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
1997 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
1998 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
1999 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
2000 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
2001 information about exit statuses and results.
2002
4c37970d
LP
2003 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
2004 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
2005 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
2006 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
2007 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
2008 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
2009
2010 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
2011
2012 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
2013 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
2014 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
2015 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
2016 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
2017 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
2018 entirely.
2019
2020 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
2021 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
2022 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
2023
2024 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
2025 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
2026 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
2027 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
2028 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
2029 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
2030 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
2031 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
2032 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
2033 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
2034 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
2035 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
2036 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
2037 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
2038 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
2039 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
2040 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
2041
2042 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
2043 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
2044 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
2045 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
2046
2047 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
2048 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
2049 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
2050 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
2051
2052 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
2053 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
2054 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
2055 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
2056 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
2057 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
2058 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
2059 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
2060 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
2061 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
2062 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
2063 fragment entirely.)
2064
2065 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
2066 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
2067 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
2068
2069 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
2070 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
2071 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
2072 FileDescriptorName= setting.
2073
2074 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
2075 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
2076 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
2077 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
2078 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
2079 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
2080
2081 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
2082 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
2083
b4eed568
LP
2084 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
2085 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
2086
2087 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
2088 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
2089 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
2090 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
2091 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
2092
07393b6e
LP
2093 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
2094 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
2095 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
2096 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
2097 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
2098 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
2099 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
2100 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
2101 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
2102 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
2103 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
2104 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
2105 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
2106 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
2107 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
2108 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
2109 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
2110 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
2111 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
2112 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
2113 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
2114 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
2115 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
2116 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
2117 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
2118 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
2119
54b24597 2120 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
07393b6e 2121
5cd118ba
MP
2122CHANGES WITH 231:
2123
fcd30826
LP
2124 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
2125 with an additional special character as first argument of the
43eb109a 2126 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
fcd30826
LP
2127 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
2128 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
2129 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
2130 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
2131 independently.
2132
2133 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
2134 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
2135
2136 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
2137 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
2138 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
2139 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
771de3f5 2140 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
fcd30826
LP
2141 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
2142 values.
2143
2144 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
2145 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
2146 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
2147 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
2148 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
2149
2150 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
2151 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
2152 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
2153 7:10am every day.
2154
2155 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
2156 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
2157 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
2158 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
2159 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
2160 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
2161 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
2162 available for compatibility.
2163
2164 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
2165 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
2166 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
2167 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
2168 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
2169 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
2170
2171 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
2172 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
2173 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
2174 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
2175 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
2176 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
2177 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
2178 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
2179 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
2180
2181 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
2182 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
2183 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
2184 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
5cd118ba
MP
2185 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
2186 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
2187 desired options.
2188
fcd30826
LP
2189 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
2190 cgroupsv2.
2191
2192 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
2193 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
2194 limited to subgroups of that group.
2195
2196 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
2197 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
2198 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
771de3f5 2199 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
fcd30826
LP
2200 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
2201 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
2202 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
2203 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
2204
2205 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
2206 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
2207 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
2208 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
2209 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
2210 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
2211 own long-running services.
2212
2213 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
2214 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
2215 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
2216 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
2217
2218 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
2219 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
2220 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
2221 propagates this notification further to the service manager
2222 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
2223 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
2224 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
2225 primitives.
2226
2227 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
2228 "terminate".
2229
2230 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
2231 link-local IPv6 addresses.
2232
2233 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
2234 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
2235 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
2236 --flush-caches".
2237
771de3f5 2238 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
fcd30826
LP
2239 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
2240 is shown.
2241
2242 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
2243 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
2244 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
771de3f5 2245 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
fcd30826
LP
2246 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
2247 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
2248
2249 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
2250 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
2251 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
2252 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
2253 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
2254 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
2255 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
2256 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
2257 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
2258 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
2259 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
2260 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
2261 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
2262 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
2263 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
2264 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
2265 bus API instead.
2266
2267 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
2268 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
2269 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
2270 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
2271
2272 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
2273 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
2274 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
2275 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
2276
2277 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
2278 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
2279 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
2280
2281 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
2282 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
2283
2284 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
2285 interface configuration.
2286
2287 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
2288 specifying the --force switch.
2289
2290 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
2291 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
2292 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
2293
43a569a1
ZJS
2294 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
2295 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
2296 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
2297 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
ce830873 2298 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
43a569a1
ZJS
2299 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
2300 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
2301 to be handled.
2302
2303 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
2304 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
2305
2306 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
2307 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
2308
2309 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
2310 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
2311 of persistent symlinks for that device.
2312
0f1da52b
LP
2313 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
2314 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
2315
2316 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
2317 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
2318 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
2319 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
2320 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
2321 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
ead6bd25 2322 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
1ecbf32f
ZJS
2323 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
2324 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
2325 library.
43a569a1 2326
fcd30826
LP
2327 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
2328 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
2329 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
2330 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
2331 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
2332 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
ce830873 2333 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
fcd30826
LP
2334 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
2335 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
f09eb768 2336 doc/HACKING for details.
ceeddf79 2337
4ffe2479
ZJS
2338 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
2339 distribution's bugtracker.
2340
38b383d9
LP
2341 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
2342 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
2343 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
2344 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
2345 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
2346 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
2347 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
2348 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
2349 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
2350 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
2351 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
2352 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
2353 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
2354 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
2355 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
2356 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
771de3f5
ZJS
2357 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
2358 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
38b383d9 2359 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5cd118ba 2360
38b383d9 2361 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
5cd118ba 2362
46e40fab 2363CHANGES WITH 230:
7f6e8043 2364
61ecb465
LP
2365 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
2366 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
2367 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
2368 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
2369 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
2370 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
2371 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
2372 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
2373 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
96d49011 2374 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
61ecb465
LP
2375 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
2376 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
2377 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
2378 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
2379 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
e40a326c
LP
2380 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
2381 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
2382 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
2383 applications.)
61ecb465 2384
96515dbf 2385 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
e40a326c 2386 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
e75690c3 2387 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
96515dbf 2388
97e5530c
ZJS
2389 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
2390 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
977f2bea 2391 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
e40a326c
LP
2392 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
2393 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
2394 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
2395 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
97e5530c
ZJS
2396
2397 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
2398 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
2399 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
e40a326c 2400 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
8951eaec 2401 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
e40a326c 2402 command works for tmux.
97e5530c
ZJS
2403
2404 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
2405 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
2406 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
152199f2
ZJS
2407 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
2408 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
2409 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
7f6e8043 2410
95365a57 2411 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
e40a326c 2412 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
7f6e8043 2413
e75690c3
ZJS
2414 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
2415 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
188d3082 2416 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
e75690c3
ZJS
2417
2418 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
2419
96515dbf 2420 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
e40a326c 2421 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
25b0e6cb
LP
2422 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
2423 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
2424 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
e40a326c 2425
96515dbf
ZJS
2426 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
2427 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
2428 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
e40a326c 2429 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
96515dbf 2430
e40a326c
LP
2431 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
2432 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
8951eaec
ZJS
2433 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
2434 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
e40a326c
LP
2435 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
2436 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
96515dbf 2437
e40a326c
LP
2438 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
2439 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
e75690c3
ZJS
2440 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
2441
2442 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
2443 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
2444 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
2445 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
2446 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
2447 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
2448
2449 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
2450 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
2451 address.
2452
2453 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
2454 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
2455 should be emitted.
96515dbf 2456
e40a326c 2457 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
97e5530c
ZJS
2458 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
2459 supported.
2460
e40a326c
LP
2461 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
2462 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
2463 logging performance.
96515dbf 2464
e75690c3
ZJS
2465 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
2466 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
2467 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
2468 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
2469 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
2470 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
2471
2472 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
2473 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
2474 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
2475 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
2476
e40a326c
LP
2477 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
2478 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
96515dbf
ZJS
2479
2480 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
2481 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
2482 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
2483
e75690c3 2484 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
e40a326c
LP
2485
2486 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
2487 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
8951eaec
ZJS
2488 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
2489 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
e40a326c 2490
e75690c3
ZJS
2491 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
2492 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
2493 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
2494 refuse to operate on such files.
2495
e40a326c
LP
2496 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
2497 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
2498 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
2499
2500 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
2501 just hidden container images.
2502
e40a326c
LP
2503 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
2504 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
2505
e40a326c
LP
2506 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
2507 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
2508 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
2509 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
24597ee0
ZJS
2510 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
2511 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
2512 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
2513 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
2514 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
2515 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
2516 been changed to use this functionality by default.
e40a326c 2517
25b0e6cb
LP
2518 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
2519 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
2520 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
2521 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
2522 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
2523 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
2524 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
2525 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
2526 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
2527 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
2528 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
2529 terminates.
2530
e40a326c 2531 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
8951eaec
ZJS
2532 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
2533 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
2534 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
e40a326c 2535
030bd839 2536 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
e40a326c
LP
2537 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
2538 rate of the socket unit.
2539
2540 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
2541 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
2542 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
2543 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
2544 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
2545
999a43f8
LP
2546 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
2547 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
2548 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
188d3082 2549 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
999a43f8
LP
2550 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
2551 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
2552 with this.
2553
e75690c3
ZJS
2554 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
2555 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
2556
2557 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
2558 merged into the kernel in its current form.
2559
2560 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
2561 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
2562 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
2563 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
2564 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
2565
2566 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
2567 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
2568 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
2569
4f9020fa
DR
2570 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
2571 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
2572 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
2573 target is now included in early userspace.
2574
e75690c3
ZJS
2575 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
2576 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
2577 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
2578 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
2579 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
2580 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
2581 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
2582 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
77ff6022
CG
2583 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
2584 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
e75690c3
ZJS
2585 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
2586 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
2587 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
77ff6022
CG
2588 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
2589 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
2590 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
e75690c3
ZJS
2591 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
2592 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
2593 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
2594 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
2595 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
2596 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
46e40fab
ZJS
2597 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
2598 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
2599 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
2600 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
e40a326c 2601
46e40fab 2602 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
96515dbf 2603
61f32bff
MP
2604CHANGES WITH 229:
2605
d5f8b295
LP
2606 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
2607 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
2608 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
ed5f8840
ZJS
2609 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
2610 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
2611 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
2612 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
2613 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
2614 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
2615 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
2616 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
2617 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
2618 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
d5f8b295
LP
2619
2620 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
ed5f8840
ZJS
2621 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
2622 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
2623 /usr/bin.
d5f8b295
LP
2624
2625 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
2626 devices.
2627
a7c723c0
LP
2628 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
2629 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
2630 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
2631 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
2632 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
2633 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
2634 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
2635 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
2636 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
2637 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
2638 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
2639 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
2640 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
2641 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
2642 this limit.
2643
2644 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
2645 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
2646 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
2647 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
2648 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
2649 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
2650 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
2651 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
2652
2653 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
2654 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
2655 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
2656 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
2657 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
2658 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
2659 and group at package installation time.
2660
d5f8b295
LP
2661 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
2662 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
2663 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
2664 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
2665 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
2666
8968aea0
MP
2667 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
2668 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
d5f8b295
LP
2669 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
2670 supports it.
2671
2672 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
2673 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
2674
2675 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
2676 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
2677 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
2678 file is already initialized.
2679
2680 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
2681 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
ed5f8840
ZJS
2682 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
2683 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
2684 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
2685 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
2686 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
2687 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
d5f8b295
LP
2688 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
2689
2690 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
2691 working directory for the process started in the container.
2692
ed5f8840
ZJS
2693 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
2694 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
2695 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
2696 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
2697 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
d5f8b295
LP
2698
2699 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
2700 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
2701 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
2702
2703 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
2704 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
2705 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
2706 sd_journal_restart_fields().
2707
2708 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
8968aea0
MP
2709 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
2710 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
2711 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
2712 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
d5f8b295
LP
2713
2714 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
8968aea0
MP
2715 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
2716 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
2717 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
2718
2719 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
2720 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
2721 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
d5f8b295
LP
2722 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
2723 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
2724 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
2725 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
2726 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
ed5f8840 2727 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
d5f8b295
LP
2728 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
2729 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
2730 by PID 1.
2731
50f48ad3
DM
2732 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
2733 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
2734 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
2735 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
2736 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
2737 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
2738 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
2739 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
2740
2741 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
2742
d5f8b295 2743 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
8968aea0 2744 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
d5f8b295
LP
2745 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
2746
8968aea0
MP
2747 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
2748 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
2749 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
d5f8b295
LP
2750 recent kernels.
2751
2752 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
2753 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
2754
8968aea0 2755 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
ed5f8840
ZJS
2756 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
2757 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
2758 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
2759 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
2760 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
2761 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
2762 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
2763 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
2764 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
8968aea0 2765 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
ed5f8840
ZJS
2766 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
2767 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
d5f8b295
LP
2768
2769 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
8968aea0
MP
2770 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
2771 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
2772 clusters or larger setups.
d5f8b295
LP
2773
2774 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
2775
2776 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
2777 sockets.
2778
2779 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
2780
2781 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
2782 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
2783 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
2784 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
2785 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
2786 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
2787
2788 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
2789 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
2790 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
2791
2792 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
2793 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
61f32bff
MP
2794 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
2795 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
d5f8b295
LP
2796
2797 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
61f32bff 2798
dd95b381
LP
2799 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
2800 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
2801 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
2802 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
2803 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
2804 maintain compatibility.
2805
3545ab35
LP
2806 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
2807 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
2808 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
2809 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
2810 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
2811 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
2812 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
2813 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
2814 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
2815 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
2816 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
2817 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
2818 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
2819 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
2820 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
2821 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
2822 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2823 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
2824 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2825
ccddd104 2826 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
61f32bff 2827
a11c7ea5
LP
2828CHANGES WITH 228:
2829
a11c7ea5
LP
2830 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
2831 files are now also available as properties to set when
2832 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
2833 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
2834 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
2835 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
2836 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
2837 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
2838 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
2839
28c85daf
LP
2840 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
2841 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
2842 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
a11c7ea5 2843
f1f8a5a5
LP
2844 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
2845 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
2846 created transiently.
2847
a11c7ea5
LP
2848 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
2849 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
2850 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
2851 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
2852 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
815bb5bd 2853 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
a11c7ea5
LP
2854 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
2855 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
2856
28c85daf
LP
2857 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
2858 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
2859 disk and sync the files, before returning.
2860
a11c7ea5
LP
2861 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
2862 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
2863 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
2864 enabled.
2865
f1f8a5a5
LP
2866 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
2867 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
2868 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
2869 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
2870 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
2871 subvolumes.
2872
a11c7ea5
LP
2873 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
2874 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
2875
28c85daf 2876 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
a11c7ea5
LP
2877 individual indexes.
2878
28c85daf
LP
2879 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
2880 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
2881 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
2882 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
2883 suffixes now.
2884
f1f8a5a5
LP
2885 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
2886 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
2887 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
2888 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
2889 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
2890 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
2891 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
2892 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
2893 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
2894 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
2895 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
2896 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
2897 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
2898 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
2899 number of processes or tasks each user may own
2900 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
2901 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
2902 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
2903 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
2904 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
2905 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
2906
28c85daf
LP
2907 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
2908 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
2909 links between the host and the container.
2910
2911 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
2912 added that allows importing select environment variables
2913 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
2914 the service.
2915
ddb4b0d3 2916 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
595bfe7d 2917 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
ddb4b0d3
LP
2918 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
2919 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
2920 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
2921 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
2922 than until they first elapse.
2923
a11c7ea5 2924 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
28c85daf
LP
2925 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
2926 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
a11c7ea5
LP
2927 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
2928 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
2929 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
2930 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
2931 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
2932
28c85daf
LP
2933 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
2934 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
2935 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
2936 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
2937 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
2938 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
2939 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
815bb5bd 2940 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
28c85daf
LP
2941 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
2942 journal and in coredump handling.
a11c7ea5 2943
28c85daf
LP
2944 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
2945 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
2946 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
815bb5bd 2947 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
28c85daf
LP
2948 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
2949 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
2950 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
2951 software you package still references it, as this is a
2952 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
2953 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
2954
2955 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
a11c7ea5 2956
d5bd92bb
LP
2957 Note that only util-linux versions built with
2958 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
2959
a11c7ea5
LP
2960 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
2961 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
2962 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
2963
b9e2f7eb
LP
2964 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
2965 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
2966 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
2967 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
2968 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
2969 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
2970 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
2971 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
2972 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
2973 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
2974 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
2975 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
2976 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
2977 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
2978 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
2979 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
2980
2981 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
2982 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
2983 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
2984 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
2985 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
2986 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
2987 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
2988 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
2989 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
2990 surprises.
2991
28c85daf
LP
2992 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
2993 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
2994 to the various user database fields of the user that the
2995 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
2996 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
2997 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
2998 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
2999 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
3000 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
3001 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
3002 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
ce830873 3003 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
28c85daf
LP
3004 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
3005 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
3006 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
3007 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
3008 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
3009 of PID 1 is the root user).
3010
3011 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
3012 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
3013 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
f1f8a5a5
LP
3014 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
3015 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
3016 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
3017 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
3018 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
3019 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
3020 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
3021 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
3022 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
3023 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
3024 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
3025 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
28c85daf 3026
ccddd104 3027 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
a11c7ea5 3028
c97e586d
DM
3029CHANGES WITH 227:
3030
3031 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
3032 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
3033 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
3034
3035 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
3036 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
3037 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
3038 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
3039 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
3040 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
3041
d046fb93
LP
3042 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
3043 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
c97e586d
DM
3044 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
3045 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
6fd5517b 3046 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
c97e586d
DM
3047
3048 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
fe08a30b
LP
3049 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
3050 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
3051 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
3052 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
3053 packets on unestablished sockets.
c97e586d
DM
3054
3055 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
6fd5517b 3056 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
c97e586d
DM
3057 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
3058 automatically.
3059
21d86c61
DM
3060 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
3061 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
3062 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
3063
3064 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
3065 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
3066 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
3067 for disk IO.
3068
3069 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
3070 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
3071 removed.
3072
d046fb93
LP
3073 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
3074 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
3075 directory is set to the home directory of the user
3076 configured in User=.
21d86c61 3077
fe08a30b
LP
3078 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
3079 directory of the selected user by default.
3080
21d86c61 3081 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
d046fb93
LP
3082 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
3083 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
3084 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
3085 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
3086 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
3087 compat reasons.
21d86c61 3088
fe08a30b 3089 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
8b5f9d15 3090 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
fe08a30b
LP
3091 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
3092 units.
3093
3094 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
3095 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
3096 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
3097 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
3098 level.
3099
3100 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
3101 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
3102 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
3103 namespaces work correctly.
3104
3105 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
3106 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
3107 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
595bfe7d 3108 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
fe08a30b
LP
3109 activation.
3110
3111 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
3112 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
3113 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
3114 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
3115 system instance in a container.
3116
3117 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
3118 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
3119 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
3120 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
3121 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
3122 connections.
3123
3124 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
3125 show the control groups within a certain container only.
3126
3127 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
3128 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
3129 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
3130 processes attached, or similar.
3131
bdba9227
DM
3132 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
3133 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
3134 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
3135
3136 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
3137 specifiers like %i or %f.
3138
ce830873 3139 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
fe08a30b
LP
3140 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
3141 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
3142 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
3143
bdba9227
DM
3144 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
3145 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
a8eaaee7 3146 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
bdba9227
DM
3147 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
3148 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
3149 descriptors using sd_notify().
fe08a30b 3150
d046fb93
LP
3151 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
3152
0053598f 3153 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
edf4126f 3154 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
d046fb93
LP
3155
3156 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
3157 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
3158
3159 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
edf4126f 3160 .network files.
fe08a30b 3161
bdba9227
DM
3162 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
3163 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
3164 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
3165 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
3166 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
3167 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
3168 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
3169 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
3170 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
3171 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
3172 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
3173 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
3174 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
3175 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
3176 gdm-autologin is used.
fe08a30b
LP
3177
3178 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
3179 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
3180 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
3181 next to the image file.
c97e586d 3182
91d0d699
LP
3183 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
3184 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
3185 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
3186 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
3187
3188 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
3189 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
3190 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
3191 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
3192 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
3193 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
3194
d046fb93
LP
3195 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
3196 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
3197 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
3198 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
6dd6a9c4 3199 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
d046fb93
LP
3200 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
3201 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
3202 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
3203 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
3204 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
3205 number of files in place.
c48eb61f 3206
bdba9227
DM
3207 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
3208 on kernels where that is supported.
c30f086f 3209
efce0ffe 3210 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
c97e586d 3211
61e6771c
LP
3212 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
3213 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
3214 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
3215 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3216 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
3217 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
3218 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
3219 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
3220 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
3221 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
3222 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
3223 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
3224 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
3225 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
3226 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
3227 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
3228 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
3229 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
3230
ccddd104 3231 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
c97e586d 3232
c9912c5e
DH
3233CHANGES WITH 226:
3234
5e8d4254
LP
3235 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
3236 new features:
3237
3238 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
3239 information. It may be enabled and configured via
3240 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
3241 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
3242 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
3243 is any) is propagated.
3244
3245 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
3246 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
3247 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
3248 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
3249 information is enabled between host and containers by
3250 default now: the container will change its local timezone
3251 to what the host has set.
3252
3253 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
3254 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
3255
3256 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
3257 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
3258 information back, even if the server loses state.
3259
3260 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
3261 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
3262 PoolSize=.
3263
3264 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
3265 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
3266 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
3267 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
3268
3269 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
3270 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
3271 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
3272 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
3273 'dbus-daemon' systems.
3274
3275 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
3276 for virtio devices.
3277
3278 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
3279 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
3280 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
3281 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
3282 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
3283 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
3284 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
3285 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
856ca72b 3286 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
5e8d4254
LP
3287 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
3288 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
3289 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
3290 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
3291 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
3292 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
3293 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
3294 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
3295 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
3296 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
3297 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
3298 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
3299 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
3300 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
3301 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
3302 grants them.
3303
3304 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
3305 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
3306 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
3307 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
3308 group tree.
3309
3310 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
3311 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
3312 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
3313 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
3314 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
3315 work correctly in containers now.
3316
3317 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
3318 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
3319
c626bf1d
DM
3320 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
3321 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
5e8d4254
LP
3322 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
3323 function call is particularly useful when implementing
3324 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
3325
3326 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
3327 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
3328 signal events.
3329
d35f51ea
ZJS
3330 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
3331 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
3332 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
3333 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
c9912c5e 3334
47f5a38c
LP
3335 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
3336 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
3337 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
3338 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
3339 nspawn command line.
3340
2f77decc
LP
3341 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
3342 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
3343 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
3344 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
3345 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
3346 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
3347 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
23d08d1b 3348 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
c9912c5e 3349
ccddd104 3350 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
c9912c5e 3351
ec5249a2
DM
3352CHANGES WITH 225:
3353
5e8d4254
LP
3354 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
3355 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
3356 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
3357 shell directly without prompting for username or
3358 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
3359 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
3360 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
3361 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
3362 the originating session.
3363
3364 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
3365 options and allows other programs to query the values.
3366
3367 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
d35f51ea
ZJS
3368 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
3369 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
3370 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
3371 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
3372 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
3373 probably not stabilize on this release.
5e8d4254
LP
3374
3375 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
3376 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
3377 messages.
3378
3379 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
3380 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
3381 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
3382
3383 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
3384 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
3385
3386 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
3387 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
3388 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
3389 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
3390 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
3391 posteriori.
3392
3393 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
3394 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
3395
3396 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
3397 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
3398 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
3399 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
3400 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
3401 "lastlog" tools.
3402
3403 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
3404 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
3405 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
3406 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
3407 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
3408
3409 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
3410 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
3411 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
3412 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
3413 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
3414 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
3415 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
3416 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
3417 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
3418 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
3419 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
3420 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
e1439a14 3421
ccddd104 3422 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
ec5249a2 3423
11811e85
DH
3424CHANGES WITH 224:
3425
10fa421c
DH
3426 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
3427 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
3428
5e8d4254
LP
3429 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
3430 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
3431 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
10fa421c 3432
11811e85
DH
3433 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
3434 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
3435 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
3436
ccddd104 3437 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
11811e85 3438
e57eaef8
DH
3439CHANGES WITH 223:
3440
3441 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
3442 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
3443 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
3444 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
3445
01608bc8 3446 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
e57eaef8
DH
3447 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
3448
3449 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
3450 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
3451
931618d0
DM
3452 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
3453
3454 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
37d54b93 3455 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
931618d0
DM
3456 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
3457
3458 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
3459 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
3460 decapsulated packet.
3461
3462 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
3463 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
3464 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
3465 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
3466 netlink attribute.
3467
3468 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
3469 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
3470 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
3471 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
3472
3473 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
3474 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
3475 according to RFC2460.
e57eaef8 3476
f5f113f6
DH
3477 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
3478 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
3479
e57eaef8 3480 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
01608bc8 3481 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
e57eaef8
DH
3482 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
3483
3484 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
3485 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
3486 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
3487 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
3488 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
3489 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
3490
3491 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
e4e66993
DH
3492 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
3493 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
3494 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
3495 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
3496 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
3497 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
3498 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
3499 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
3500 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3501
ccddd104 3502 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
e57eaef8 3503
0db83ad7 3504CHANGES WITH 222:
5541c889 3505
861b02eb
KS
3506 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
3507 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
3508 or should be used to work around such bugs.
3509
3510 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
3511 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
0db83ad7
DH
3512
3513 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
3514 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
3515 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
3516 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
3517 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
3518
5541c889
DH
3519 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
3520 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
3521 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
3522
9b361114
DM
3523 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
3524 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
3525 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
3526 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
3527 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
3528
3529 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
3530
0db83ad7
DH
3531 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
3532 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
3533 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
3534 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
5541c889
DH
3535 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
3536 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
0db83ad7
DH
3537 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
3538 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
2d1ca112
DH
3539 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
3540 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
0db83ad7 3541
ccddd104 3542 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
0db83ad7 3543
0f0467e6
MP
3544CHANGES WITH 221:
3545
470e72d4 3546 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
5f92d24f 3547 stable and have been added to the official interface of
470e72d4
LP
3548 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
3549 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
3550 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
3551 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
3552 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
0aee49d5 3553 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
470e72d4
LP
3554 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
3555 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
5f92d24f 3556 portable to other kernels.
0f0467e6 3557
470e72d4
LP
3558 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
3559 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
3560 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
c6551464 3561 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
470e72d4
LP
3562 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
3563 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
3564 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
3565 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
0aee49d5 3566 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
470e72d4
LP
3567 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
3568 systemd enabled.
0f0467e6 3569
470e72d4
LP
3570 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
3571 2.26.
3572
3573 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
0aee49d5 3574 favor of calling an abstraction tool
470e72d4
LP
3575 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
3576 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
3577 in README for details.
3578
3579 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
3580 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
3581 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
3582 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
3583 unit.
3584
3585 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
3586 into man pages.
3587
3588 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
3589 external project.
3590
3591 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
0aee49d5 3592 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
470e72d4
LP
3593
3594 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
3595 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
3596 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
3597 state.
3598
3599 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
3600 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
3601 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
3602
3603 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
3604 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
3605 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
3606 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
3607 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
3608 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
3609 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
3610 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
3611 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
3612 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
3613 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
b912e251
LP
3614 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
3615 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
3616 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
3617 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
3618 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
470e72d4 3619
ccddd104 3620 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
0f0467e6 3621
481a0aa2
LP
3622CHANGES WITH 220:
3623
f7a73a25
DH
3624 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
3625 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
3626 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
3627 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
3628 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
3629 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
3630 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
56cadcb6 3631 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
f7a73a25 3632
481a0aa2
LP
3633 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
3634 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
3635 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
3636 service consumed). This value is only available if
3637 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
3638 in the "systemctl status" output.
3639
3640 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
3641 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
29d1fcb4 3642 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
481a0aa2
LP
3643 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
3644 previously was already the default behaviour).
3645
3646 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
3647 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
3648 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
3649
3650 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
3651 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
29d1fcb4 3652 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
481a0aa2
LP
3653 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
3654
3655 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
3656 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
3657 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
3658 journalling file systems that support external journal
3659 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
3660 systems to be mounted.
3661
3662 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
3663 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
3664 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
3665 stable release this should not be problematic.
3666
3667 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
3668 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
3669 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
3670 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
3671 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
3672
3673 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
3674 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
3675 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
3676 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
3677 network switches.
3678
3679 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
3680 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
3681
3682 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
3683 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
3684 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
3685
3686 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
3687
1579dd2c
LP
3688 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
3689 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
3690 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
3691 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
3692 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
3693 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
3694 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
3695 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
3696 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
3697 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
3698 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
3699 been fixed in v220.
3700
481a0aa2
LP
3701 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
3702 systemd-networkd.
3703
3704 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
3705 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
ce830873 3706 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
481a0aa2
LP
3707 containers started from the command line.
3708
3709 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
3710 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
3711
3712 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
3713 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
3714 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
3715 indirection via a pseudo tty.
3716
3717 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
3718 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
3719 when shutting down.
3720
3721 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
3722 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
3723 overlayfs support.
3724
3725 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
3726 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
3727 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
3728 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
3729 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
3730 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
3731 images are imported via systemd-importd.
3732
3733 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
3734 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
3735 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
3736
3737 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
3738 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
3739 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
3740 of v1 as before).
3741
3742 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
3743 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
3744
d35f51ea
ZJS
3745 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
3746 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
3747 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
3748 without further privileges or authorization.
481a0aa2
LP
3749
3750 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
3751 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
3752 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
3753 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
3754 accessible via a bus interface.
3755
3756 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
3757 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
3758 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
3759 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
3760 to cover this functionality.
3761
3762 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
1579dd2c 3763 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
481a0aa2
LP
3764 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
3765 disabled/masked also stopped.
3766
3767 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
1a2d5fbe
DH
3768 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
3769 updated to support systemd-boot.
481a0aa2
LP
3770
3771 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
3772 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
3773 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
3774 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
3775 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
1a2d5fbe 3776 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
481a0aa2
LP
3777 like this and can extract OS release information from them
3778 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
3779 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
3780
3781 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
3782 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
3783 system.
3784
3785 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
3786 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
3787 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
3788 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
3789 device symlinks.
3790
3791 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
3792 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
3793 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
3794 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
3795
3796 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
3797 stick devices has been added.
3798
3799 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
3800 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
3801
3802 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
3803 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
3804 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
3805 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
3806 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
3807
3808 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
3809 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
3810 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
3811
3812 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
3813 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
3814 Debian.
3815
3816 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
3817 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
3818 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
3819
3820 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
3821 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
3822 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
3823 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
3824 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
3825 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
3826 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
3827 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
3828 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
3829 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
3830 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
3831 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
3832 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
3833 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
3834 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
3835 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
3836 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
3837 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
3838 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
3839 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
3840 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
3841 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
3842 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
3843 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
3844 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
3845 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
3846 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3847
ccddd104 3848 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
481a0aa2 3849
615aaf41
LP
3850CHANGES WITH 219:
3851
615aaf41
LP
3852 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
3853 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
3854 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
3855 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
3856 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
3857 interface with and update the database.
3858
3859 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
3860 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
3861 before bytewise copying is done.
3862
3863 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
3864 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
3865 directory, and immediately removed when the container
3866 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
3867 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
3868 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
3869 for starting a container off the root file system of the
3870 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
3871 available on btrfs file systems.
3872
3873 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
3874 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
7edecf21 3875 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
615aaf41
LP
3876 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
3877 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
3878 systems.
3879
3880 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
3881 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
3882 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
3883 mount point remains.
3884
3885 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
3886 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
3887 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
3888 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
3889 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
3890 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
3891 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
3892 are disabled.
3893
3894 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
3895 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
3896 container to the host or vice versa.
3897
3898 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
3899 mount host directories into local containers. This is
3900 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
3901
3902 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
3903 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
3904
3905 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
3906 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
3907 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
3908 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
3909 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
3910 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
3911 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
3912 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
3913 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
94e5ba37 3914 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
615aaf41
LP
3915 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
3916 make the functionality of importd available to the
3917 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
3918 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
3919 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
3920 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
3921 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
3922 only fully supported on btrfs.
3923
3924 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
3925 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
3926 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
3927 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
3928 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
3929 information about images.
3930
3931 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
3932 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
f59dba26 3933 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
615aaf41
LP
3934 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
3935 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
3936 legacy file systems).
3937
3938 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
3939 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
3940 shown in networkctl output.
3941
3942 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
3943 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
3944 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
3945 processes as system services while interactively
3946 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
3947 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
3948 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
3949 full login session, the difference being that the former
3950 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
3951 setup.
3952
3953 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
3954 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
3955 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
3956 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
3957 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
3958
3959 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
3960 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
3961 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
3962 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
3963 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
3964 via qemu/kvm.
3965
3966 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
3967 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
3968 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
3969 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
3970 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
3971 disk images, too.
3972
3973 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
3974 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
3975 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
3976 integrate with that.
3977
3978 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
3979 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
3980 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
3981 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
3982
3983 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
3984 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
3985 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
3986
3987 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
3988 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
3989 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
3990 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
3991 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
3992 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
3993 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
3994 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
3995 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
3996 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
3997
3998 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
3999 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
4000 files.
4001
4002 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
4c37970d 4003 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
615aaf41 4004 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
94e5ba37 4005 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
615aaf41
LP
4006 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
4007 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
4008 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
4009 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
4010 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
4011 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
4012 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
4013 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
4014 explicitly turned on.
4015
4016 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
4017 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
4018 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
4019 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
4020
4021 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
4022 supported.
4023
4024 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
4025 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
4026 user/session following the status output. Similar,
4027 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
4028 associated with a virtual machine or container
4029 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
4030 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
4031 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
4032 output however.)
4033
4034 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
4035 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
4036 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
4037 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
4038 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
4039 caller's session/user.
4040
4041 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
4042 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
4043 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
4044 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
4045 user services.
4046
4047 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
4048 same way as unit files.
4049
4050 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
4051 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
4052 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
4053 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
4054 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
4055 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
4056 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
4057 the host.
4058
4059 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
4060 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
4061 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
4062 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
4063 the host as if their services were running directly on the
4064 host.
4065
dd2fd155 4066 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
615aaf41
LP
4067 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
4068 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
4069 updated to make use of it too by default.
4070
4071 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
4072 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
4073 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
4074 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
4075
4076 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
4077 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
4078 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
4079 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
4080 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
4081 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
4082 modification.
4083
4084 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
4085 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
4086 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
7edecf21 4087 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
615aaf41
LP
4088 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
4089 information about Touchpad types.
4090
4091 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
4092 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
4093
4094 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
4095 Policy link field.
4096
4097 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
4098 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
4099
4100 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
4101 ACLs on files.
4102
4103 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
4104 tmpfs, automatically.
4105
4106 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
4107 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
4108 status" output, if available.
4109
4110 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
4111 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
4112 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
4113 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
4114 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
4115 run on next reboot.
4116
4117 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
4118 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
4119 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
4120 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
4121 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
4122 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
4123 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
4124
4125 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
4126 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
4127 after a configurable timeout.
4128
4129 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
4130 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
4131 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
4132 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
4133 it non-idle.
4134
4135 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
4136 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
4137
4138 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
4139 each .network interface in networkd.
4140
4141 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
4142 in .network files.
4143
4144 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
4145 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
4146
11ea2781 4147 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
d2c643c6
LP
4148 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
4149 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
4150 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
4151 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
4152 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
4153 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
4154 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
4155 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
4156 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
4157 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
4158 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4159 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
4160 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
4161 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
11ea2781
LP
4162 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
4163 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
4164 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
4165 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
4166 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
4167 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
4168 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
d2c643c6
LP
4169 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
4170 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11ea2781 4171
ccddd104 4172 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
11ea2781 4173
d4f5a1f4
DH
4174CHANGES WITH 218:
4175
f9e00a9f
LP
4176 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
4177 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
4178 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
c7683ffb 4179 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
f9e00a9f
LP
4180
4181 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
b938cb90 4182 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
f9e00a9f
LP
4183 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
4184 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
4185 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
4186
4187 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
4188
4189 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
b938cb90 4190 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
f9e00a9f
LP
4191 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
4192 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
4193 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
4194 modified configuration after editing.
4195
4196 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
4197 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
4198 system preset files.
4199
4200 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
4201 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
4202 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
4203 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
4204 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
4205 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
4206 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
4207 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
4208 other contexts.
4209
4210 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
4211 inhibitors.
4212
122676c9 4213 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
b938cb90 4214 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
122676c9
LP
4215 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
4216 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
4217 managers.
f9e00a9f
LP
4218
4219 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
4220 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
4221 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
4222 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
4223 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
b938cb90 4224 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
f9e00a9f
LP
4225 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
4226 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
4227 parallel to journald.
4228
4229 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
4230 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
4231 available.
4232
4233 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
4234 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
a8eaaee7 4235 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
f9e00a9f
LP
4236 or are not older than the specified time.
4237
4238 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
4239 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
4240 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
4241 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
4242
4243 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
4244 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
4245 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
4246 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
4247 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
4248 communication.
4249
4250 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
4251 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
4252 services.
4253
4254 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
4255 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
4256 including their signature and values. This is particularly
4257 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
4258 the new "busctl tree" command.
4259
4260 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
4261 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
4262 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
4263 friendly way.
4264
4265 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
4266 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
4267 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
4268 race-ful way.
4269
4270 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
4271 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
17c29493 4272 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
f9e00a9f
LP
4273 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
4274 --link-journal=try-guest.
4275
4276 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
4277 stable MAC addresses.
4278
4279 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
4280 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
4281 the respective unit shall use.
4282
d4f5a1f4
DH
4283 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
4284 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
4285 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
4286 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
4287
b938cb90 4288 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
f9e00a9f 4289 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
b938cb90 4290 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
f9e00a9f
LP
4291 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
4292 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
4293 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
4294
17c29493 4295 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
f9e00a9f
LP
4296 details see:
4297
4298 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
4299
4300 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
4301 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
997b2b43
JT
4302 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
4303 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
4304 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
4305 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
4306 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
4307 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
4308 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
4309 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
4310 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
4311 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
4312
f9e00a9f
LP
4313 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
4314 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
4315 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
4316 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
4317 bluetooth, ...) is used.
4318
4319 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
4320 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
4321 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
4322 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
4323 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
4324 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
4325 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
4326 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
4327
4328 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
a8eaaee7 4329 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
f9e00a9f
LP
4330 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
4331 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
4332 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
4333 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
4334 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
4335 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
4336 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
4337 interface.
4338
4339 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
4340 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
4341 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
4342 luks.name= argument.
4343
4344 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
4345 (this was previously already available for scope and service
4346 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
4347 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
4348 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
4349 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
4350
4351 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
4352 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
4353 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
4354
13e92f39
LP
4355 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
4356 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
4357 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
4358 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
4359 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
4360 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
4361 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
4362 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
4363 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
4364 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
4365 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
7da81d33
LP
4366 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
4367 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
4368 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
4369 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
4370 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
4371 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
4372 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13e92f39 4373
ccddd104 4374 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
f9e00a9f 4375
b62a309a
ZJS
4376CHANGES WITH 217:
4377
78b6b7ce
LP
4378 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
4379 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
4380 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
4381 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
b62a309a 4382
a65b8245
ZJS
4383 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
4384 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
4385 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
4386 now waits until the operation is complete.
2a97b03b 4387
b62a309a
ZJS
4388 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
4389 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
4bdc60cb
LP
4390 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
4391 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
78b6b7ce 4392 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
4bdc60cb 4393 connection.
b62a309a 4394
78b6b7ce
LP
4395 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
4396 commands anymore.
b62a309a
ZJS
4397
4398 * User units are now loaded also from
4399 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
4400 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
4401 supported, but is under the control of the user.
4402
4ffd29fd
LP
4403 * Job timeouts (i.e. time-outs on the time a job that is
4404 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
4405 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
4406 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
4407 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
4408 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
4409 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
4410 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
4411 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
4412 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
4413 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
4414 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
4415 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
4416 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
4417 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
4418 question.
4419
b62a309a
ZJS
4420 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
4421 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
4422 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
4423
4424 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
4425 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
4426 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
81c7dd89 4427 command line to trigger resume.
b62a309a 4428
78b6b7ce
LP
4429 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
4430 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
4431 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
09077149 4432 Desktop=systemd-console.
b62a309a
ZJS
4433
4434 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
4435 systemd-networkd.
4436
ba8df74b 4437 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
78b6b7ce 4438 from the information provided by the networking stack
b62a309a
ZJS
4439 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
4440
4441 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
4442 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
4443
4444 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
4445 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
4446 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
4447
78b6b7ce 4448 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
b62a309a 4449
4bdc60cb 4450 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
f6d1de85 4451 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
b62a309a 4452 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
78b6b7ce
LP
4453 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
4454 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
4455 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
b62a309a 4456
c4ac9900 4457 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
b62a309a
ZJS
4458 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
4459 respected.
4460
4461 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
4462 virtualization.
4463
4464 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
ba8df74b 4465 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
78b6b7ce
LP
4466 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
4467 on.
b62a309a 4468
e6c253e3
MS
4469 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
4470
4471 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
4472
ba8df74b
KS
4473 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
4474 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
e6c253e3
MS
4475 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
4476 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
4477 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
4478 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
4479 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
4480
4bdc60cb
LP
4481 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
4482 available for service units, that allows locking all service
4483 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
4484 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
4485 from the service's view entirely.
4486
4487 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
4488 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
4489
4490 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
4491 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
4492 session.
4493
4494 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
4495 legacy-free systems.
4496
78b6b7ce
LP
4497 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
4498 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
4499 easily.
4500
4501 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
4502 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
4503 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
4504 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
4505 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
4506 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
4507 option.
4508
4509 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
d4474c41 4510 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
78b6b7ce
LP
4511 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
4512 /usr.
4513
f6d1de85 4514 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
78b6b7ce
LP
4515 services, not only the main process.
4516
4517 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
4518 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
4519 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
4520 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
4521 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
4522
3769415e
TT
4523 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
4524 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
4525 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
4526 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
4527 directly from now on, again.
4528
fae9332b 4529 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
d35f51ea
ZJS
4530 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
4531 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
4532 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
4533 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
4534 enabling and disabling.
fae9332b 4535
cfa1571b
LP
4536 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
4537 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
4538 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
4539 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
4540 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
4541 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
4542 unnecessary or unlikely.
4543
7e63dd10
LP
4544 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
4545 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
ba8df74b 4546 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
7e63dd10
LP
4547 "anually", "hourly", ...).
4548
d4474c41
TG
4549 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
4550 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
4551 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
4552 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
4553 overwritten at runtime.
4554
3b187c5c
LP
4555 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
4556 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
4557 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
4558 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
4559 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
4560 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
4561 segmentation fault.
4562
4b08dd87
LP
4563 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
4564 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
4565 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
4566 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
4567 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
4568 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
4569 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
4570 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
4571 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
4572 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
4573 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
4574 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
4575 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
4576 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
4577 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
4578 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
4579 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
4580 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
4581 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
4582 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
4583 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
13e92f39 4584 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4b08dd87 4585
ccddd104 4586 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
4b08dd87 4587
b72ddf0f 4588CHANGES WITH 216:
b2ca0d63
LP
4589
4590 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
b72ddf0f 4591 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
b2ca0d63
LP
4592 implementations should add a
4593
b72ddf0f 4594 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
b2ca0d63
LP
4595
4596 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
4597 default functionality.
4598
4599 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
4600 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
4601 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
4602 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
4603 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
4604 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
4605 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
4606 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
4607 files might need to be owned by them. A new
4608 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
4609 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
4610 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
4611 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
4612
d35f51ea
ZJS
4613 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
4614 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
4615 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
4616 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
4617 added eventually, too.
b2ca0d63
LP
4618
4619 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
4620 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
4621 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
4622 new command to update these fields.
4623
4624 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
4625 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
4626 have been discovered via DHCP.
4627
4628 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
4629 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
daa05349
AB
4630 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
4631 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
b2ca0d63
LP
4632 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
4633 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
4634 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
4635 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
5f02e26c 4636 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
b2ca0d63
LP
4637 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
4638 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
4639 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
a1a4a25e 4640 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
b2ca0d63
LP
4641 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
4642 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
4643 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
4644 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
4645 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
4646 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
4647 implementation to systemd-resolved.
4648
4649 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
4650 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
4651 containers to their respective IP addresses.
4652
4653 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
4654 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
4655 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
5f02e26c 4656 and present it to the user in a very friendly
b2ca0d63
LP
4657 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
4658 control utility for networkd.
4659
4660 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
4661 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
a8eaaee7 4662 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
b2ca0d63
LP
4663 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
4664 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
4665 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
4666 (NoDelay=).
4667
a1a4a25e 4668 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
b2ca0d63
LP
4669 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
4670
4671 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
46ae28d8 4672 be started only after time-sync.target has been
b2ca0d63
LP
4673 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
4674 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
4675 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
4676 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
4677
4678 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
4679 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
4680 of the link.
4681
4682 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
4683 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
4684
4685 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
4686 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
4687
4688 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
01da80b1
LP
4689 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
4690 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
4691 for DHCP.
b2ca0d63
LP
4692
4693 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
4694 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
4695 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
4696 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
4697 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
4698 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
4699 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
4700 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
4701
4702 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
4703 validation of unit files.
4704
4705 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
4706 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
4707 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
4708 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
4709 address may now be configured.
4710
26568403
TG
4711 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
4712 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
4713 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
4714 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
4715
4716 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
4717 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
4718
4719 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
4720 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
4721 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
4722 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
4723
b2ca0d63
LP
4724 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
4725 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
4726 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
4727 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
4728 implementation.
4729
4730 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
4731 journal data to a remote system running
4732 systemd-journal-remote.
4733
4734 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
4735 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
4736 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
4737 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
4738 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
5f02e26c 4739 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
b2ca0d63
LP
4740 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
4741 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
4742 version, you have to turn this option on again
4743 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
4744
4745 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
4746 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
4747 better than XZ which was the previous default.
4748
4749 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
4750 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
4751
4752 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
4753 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
4754
4755 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
4756 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
4757 "systemctl status" output for a service.
4758
4759 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
4760 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
a1a4a25e 4761 hostname, root password) interactively on first
b2ca0d63
LP
4762 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
4763 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
4764
01da80b1
LP
4765 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
4766
4767 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
4768
4769 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
4770 when primary addresses are removed.
4771
b2ca0d63
LP
4772 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
4773 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
4774 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
4775 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
4776 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
4777 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
4778 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4779 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
4780 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
4781 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
4782 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
4783 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
4784 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
4785 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
4786 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4787
ccddd104 4788 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
b72ddf0f 4789
3dff3e00 4790CHANGES WITH 215:
24a2bf4c
LP
4791
4792 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
4793 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
4794 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
4795 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
4796 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
4797 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
4798 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
4799 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
4800 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
4801 require.
4802
4803 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
4804 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
4805
4806 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
4807 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
4808 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
4809 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
4810 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
4811 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
4812 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
4813
4814 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
4815 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
4816 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
4817 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
4818 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
4819 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
4820 update or reset should use this condition and order
4821 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
4822 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
4823 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
4824 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
4825 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
4826 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
4827 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
ce1dde29 4828 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
24a2bf4c
LP
4829 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
4830
4831 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
4832
4833 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
4834 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
4835 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
3dff3e00
KS
4836 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
4837
24a2bf4c
LP
4838 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
4839 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
4840 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
4841 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
4842 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
4843 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
4844 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
c7435cc9
LP
4845 .network files using settings of this section should be
4846 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
4847 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
24a2bf4c 4848
c7435cc9
LP
4849 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
4850 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
24a2bf4c
LP
4851
4852 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
4853 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
4854 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
4855 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
4856 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
4857 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
4858 of nspawn instances.
4859
4860 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
4861 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
4862 added.
4863
4864 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
4865 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
4866 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
4867 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
4868 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
4869 configuration stored in /etc.
4870
4871 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
4872 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
4873 parsing of unknown mount options.
4874
4875 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
4876 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
4877 it already exist and not already be the correct
a8eaaee7 4878 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
24a2bf4c
LP
4879 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
4880 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
4881 pre-existing files of different types.
4882
4883 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
4884 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
ce1dde29 4885 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
24a2bf4c
LP
4886 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
4887 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
4888 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
4889 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
4890
4891 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
4892 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
4893 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
4894 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
4895 shall be executed.
4896
4897 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
4898 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
ce1dde29 4899 example whether it is fully up and running.
24a2bf4c
LP
4900
4901 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
4902 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
4903 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
4904 reset.
4905
4906 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
4907 most basic services systemd ships by default.
4908
4909 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
4910 field for defining the default instance to create if a
4911 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
4912
4913 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
4914 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
4915 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
4916
4917 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
4918 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
4919 access to this group.
4920
4921 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
4922 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
4923 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
4924 to the journal.
4925
4926 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
4927 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
4928 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
4929 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
4930 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
4931 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
4932
4933 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
4934 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
4935 that makes sure to only show information about the most
4936 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
4937 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
4938 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
4939 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
4940 the old name to the new name.
4941
4942 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
ce1dde29 4943 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
24a2bf4c
LP
4944 coredumpctl without restrictions.
4945
4946 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
4947 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
4948 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
4949 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
4950 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
4951 "systemd-debug-generator".
4952
4953 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
4954 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
4955 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
4956 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
4957 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
4958 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
4959 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
b938cb90
JE
4960 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
4961 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
24a2bf4c
LP
4962 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
4963 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
4964
4965 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
4966 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
4967 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
c7435cc9
LP
4968 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
4969 been added to query many of these paths for the local
4970 machine and user.
24a2bf4c
LP
4971
4972 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
4973 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
4974 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
4975 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
4976 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
4977
4978 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
4979 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
4980 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
4981 couple of drop-in directories.
4982
3058e017
TLSC
4983 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
4984 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
4985 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
4986 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
4987 for dev_port.
4988
c7435cc9
LP
4989 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
4990 container (read from /etc/os-release and
4991 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
4992 "machinectl status" for a machine.
4993
4994 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
4995 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
4996 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
4997 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
4998 Restart= setting.
4999
5000 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
5001 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
5002 directly connect to a specific container on the
5003 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
5004 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
5005 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
5006 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
5007 containers is a privileged operation.
5008
5009 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
5010 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
5011 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
5012 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
5013 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5014 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
5015 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
5016 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
5017 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
5018 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
5019 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
5020 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5021
ccddd104 5022 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
c7435cc9 5023
4196a3ea
KS
5024CHANGES WITH 214:
5025
5026 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
5027 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
5028 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
5029 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
5030 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
5031 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
5032 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
5033 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
5034 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
71449caf 5035 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
8d0e0ddd 5036 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
4196a3ea 5037 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
45df8656 5038 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
4196a3ea
KS
5039 devices are excluded from this logic.
5040
04e91da2
LP
5041 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
5042 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
5043 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
5044 and we will readd "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
5045 change has been released.
5046
5047 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
8d0e0ddd 5048 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
04e91da2
LP
5049 libattr is thus unnecessary.
5050
ce830873 5051 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
04e91da2
LP
5052 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
5053 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
71449caf 5054 with fewer privileges.
04e91da2
LP
5055
5056 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
5057 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
5058 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
5059 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
5060
a8eaaee7 5061 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
04e91da2
LP
5062 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
5063
a8eaaee7 5064 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
04e91da2
LP
5065 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
5066
5067 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
a8eaaee7 5068 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
04e91da2
LP
5069 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
5070
5071 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
5072 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
8d0e0ddd 5073 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
04e91da2
LP
5074 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
5075 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
c54bed5d 5076 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
04e91da2 5077
cd14eda3 5078 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
8d0e0ddd
JE
5079 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
5080 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
cd14eda3 5081
ef392da6 5082 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
8d0e0ddd 5083 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
04e91da2
LP
5084 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
5085 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
5086 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
5087 modifications of user data or system files from
5088 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
5089 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
5090
5091 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
5092 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
5093 and FIFOs in the file system.
5094
8d0e0ddd 5095 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
04e91da2
LP
5096 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
5097 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
5098
5099 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
5100 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
45df8656 5101 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
71449caf 5102 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same life-cycle as
04e91da2
LP
5103 the socket itself.
5104
5105 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
5106 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
5107 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
5108 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
5109 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
5110 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
5111 symlinks, and nothing else.
5112
5113 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
5114 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
5115 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
5116 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
5117 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
5118 process (for example, the parent process). The
5119 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
5120 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
5121 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
5122 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
5123 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
5124 messages to services when the originating process already
5125 vanished.
5126
5127 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
8d0e0ddd 5128 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
04e91da2
LP
5129 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
5130 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
5131 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
5132 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
5133 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
5134 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
5135 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
5136 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
5137 all long-running services.
5138
5139 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
5140 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
5141 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
5142 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
5143 service.
5144
5145 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
5146 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
5147 applied to all submounts, too.
5148
5149 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
5150
5151 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
5152 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
5153 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
5154 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
5155 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
5156 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
5157 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
5158
cc98b302 5159 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
04e91da2
LP
5160 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
5161 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
71449caf 5162 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
04e91da2
LP
5163 (domU) domains.
5164
5165 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
5166 files or entire directories.
5167
5168 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
8d0e0ddd
JE
5169 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
5170 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
5171 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
04e91da2
LP
5172 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
5173
5174 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
5175 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
5176 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
5177 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
8d0e0ddd
JE
5178 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
5179 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
04e91da2 5180 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
8d0e0ddd 5181 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
04e91da2
LP
5182 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
5183 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
5184 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
5185 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
5186
5187 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
5188 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
5189 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
5190 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
5191
5192 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
5193 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
daa05349 5194 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
8d0e0ddd 5195 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
04e91da2
LP
5196 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
5197 non-directories.
5198
5199 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
5200 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
5201 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
5202
4c0d13bd
LP
5203 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
5204 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
5205 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
5206 this group.
5207
dc1d6c02
LP
5208 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
5209 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
5210 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
5211 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
5212 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5213 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
5214 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5215
ccddd104 5216 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
dc1d6c02 5217
6936cd89
LP
5218CHANGES WITH 213:
5219
5220 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
69beda1f 5221 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
6936cd89 5222 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
8d0e0ddd 5223 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
6936cd89 5224 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
c9679c65
LP
5225 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
5226 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
6936cd89 5227 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
8d0e0ddd 5228 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
6936cd89
LP
5229 client should be more than appropriate for most
5230 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
5231 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
5232 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
5233 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
5234 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
69beda1f 5235 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
6936cd89 5236 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
8d0e0ddd 5237 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
c9679c65 5238 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
8d0e0ddd 5239 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
c9679c65 5240 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
6936cd89 5241
69beda1f
KS
5242 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
5243 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
6936cd89
LP
5244 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
5245 part of a different namespace.
5246
5247 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
5248 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
499b604b
ZJS
5249 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
5250 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
6936cd89
LP
5251
5252 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
5253 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
499b604b 5254 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
6936cd89
LP
5255
5256 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
5257 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
499b604b 5258 when a service fails. This works similarly to
8d0e0ddd 5259 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
6936cd89
LP
5260 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
5261 restart the service in question.
5262
5263 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
499b604b
ZJS
5264 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
5265 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
5266 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
5267 details when running non-locally.
6936cd89
LP
5268
5269 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
5270 graphs it generates.
5271
5272 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
5273 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
5274 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
5275 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
5276 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
5277
5278 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
5279
5280 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
5281 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
5282 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
5283 what it was on SysV systems.
5284
5285 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
5286 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
5287
5288 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
5289 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
5290 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
5291 files.
5292
5293 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
5294 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
5295 to show these addresses in its output.
5296
5297 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
5298 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
5299 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
5300 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
5301 preferred over a text one.
5302
5303 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
5304 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
5305 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
5306 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
5307 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
5308 mDNS cache.
5309
68dd0956
TG
5310 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
5311 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
5312 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
5313 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
5314 of network configuration performed in some other way.
5315
6936cd89 5316 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
499b604b 5317 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
6936cd89 5318 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
69beda1f 5319 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
6936cd89
LP
5320 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
5321
8e7acf67
LP
5322 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
5323 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
5324 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
8d0e0ddd 5325 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
8e7acf67
LP
5326 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
5327 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
5328 overrides any other settings.
5329
5330 Contributions fron: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
6936cd89
LP
5331 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
5332 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
5333 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
5334 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
5335 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
5336 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
5337 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
5338 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8e7acf67
LP
5339 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
5340 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
5341 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
5342 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
5343 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
5344 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
5345 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
6936cd89
LP
5346 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5347
ccddd104 5348 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
6936cd89 5349
51c61cda
LP
5350CHANGES WITH 212:
5351
5352 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
5353 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
5354 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
5355 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
5356 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
5357 by accident.
5358
5359 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
5360 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
5361 registered with machined.
5362
5363 * sd-login gained new calls
5364 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
5365 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
499b604b 5366 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
51c61cda
LP
5367 counterparts.
5368
5369 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
5370 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
5371 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
5372 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
5373 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
5374 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
5375 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
5376 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
5377 once.
5378
5379 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
5380 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
5381 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
5382
5383 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
5384 units on all local containers, when used with the
5385 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
5386 executed when no parameters are specified).
5387
5388 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
5389 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
5390 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
5391 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
5392
5393 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
70a44afe 5394 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
51c61cda
LP
5395 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
5396 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
5397 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
5398 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
5399
5400 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
5401 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
5402 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
5403 of the container.
5404
5405 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
5406 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
5407 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
5408 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
5409 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
b8bde116
JE
5410 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no life-cycle
5411 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
5412 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
51c61cda
LP
5413
5414 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
5415 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
5416 instead of /.
5417
5418 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
5419 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
5420 emergency messages now.
5421
5422 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
5423 journal log messages across the network.
5424
5425 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
5426 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
5427 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
5428 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
5429 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
5430 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
5431 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
5432
5433 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
5434 down a local OS container.
5435
5436 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
5437 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
5438 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
5439
5440 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
5441 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
5442 this is appropriate.
5443
5444 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
b8bde116 5445 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
51c61cda
LP
5446 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
5447
5448 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
5449 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
5450 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
5451 for debugging purposes.
5452
5453 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
5454 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
5455 in seconds.
5456
5457 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
5458 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
5459 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
5460 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
5461 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
5462 like on traditional inetd.
5463
5464 * A new system.conf configuration option
5465 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
5466 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
5467
b8bde116 5468 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
51c61cda
LP
5469 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
5470 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
5471 do these days).
5472
b8bde116 5473 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
51c61cda
LP
5474 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
5475 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
5476 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
d28315e4
JE
5477 could not take place because the system was powered off.
5478 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
51c61cda
LP
5479
5480 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
5481 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
5482 it will be triggered.
5483
5484 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
5485 addresses to its local interfaces.
5486
5487 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
5488 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
5489 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
5490 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
5491 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
5492 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
5493 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
5494 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
5495 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5496
ccddd104 5497 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
51c61cda 5498
699b6b34
LP
5499CHANGES WITH 211:
5500
5501 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
5502 added to restrict which socket address families unit
5503 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
5504 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
5505 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
5506 is built on seccomp system call filters.
5507
5508 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
5509 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
5510 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
5511 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
5512 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
5513 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
5514 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
5515 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
f1721625 5516 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
699b6b34
LP
5517
5518 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
5519 matching against device group names.
5520
5521 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
5522 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
5523 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
5524 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
22e7062d 5525 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
699b6b34
LP
5526 though.
5527
5528 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
5529 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
5530 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
b8bde116 5531 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
699b6b34 5532 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
56cadcb6 5533 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
699b6b34
LP
5534 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
5535 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
b8bde116 5536 systems prepared appropriately.
699b6b34
LP
5537
5538 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
5539 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
5540 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
5541 (see above). This means that installations made with
5542 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
5543 deployed using container managers, completely
5544 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
5545 this feature soon, too.)
5546
5547 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
5548 set up a private macvlan interface for the
499b604b 5549 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
699b6b34
LP
5550 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
5551
5552 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
5553 using IPv4LL.
5554
5555 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
5556 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
5557 systemd-networkd.
5558
5559 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
5560 tracking the life-cycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
5561 still not a public API though (unless you specify
5562 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
5563 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
5564
5565 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
5566 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
5567 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
4ef6e535 5568 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
699b6b34
LP
5569 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
5570 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
5571 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
5572 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
5573 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
5574 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
5575 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
4ef6e535 5576 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
699b6b34
LP
5577 users.
5578
5579 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
5580 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
5581 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
5582 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
5583 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
5584 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
5585 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
5586 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
5587 due to a closed lid.
5588
5589 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
5590 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
5591 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
5592 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
4ef6e535 5593 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
699b6b34
LP
5594 order to then act as suspend blocker.
5595
5596 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
5597 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
5598 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
5599 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
5600 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
5601
5602 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
5603 now also work in --scope mode.
5604
5605 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
5606 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
5607 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
5608 promises are made.)
5609
5610 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
5611 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
5612 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
5613 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
5614 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
5615 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
5616 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
5617 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
5618 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
5619 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5620
ccddd104 5621 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
699b6b34 5622
43c71255
LP
5623CHANGES WITH 210:
5624
5625 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
5626 according to SMACK rules.
5627
67dd87c5 5628 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
43c71255
LP
5629 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
5630
5631 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
5632 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
5633 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
5634
5635 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
5636 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
5637 and machine ID.
5638
ed28905e 5639 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
43c71255 5640 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
b8bde116 5641 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
43c71255
LP
5642 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
5643 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
ed28905e 5644 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
b8bde116 5645 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
ed28905e 5646 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
43c71255
LP
5647 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
5648 backpack or similar.
5649
5650 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
5651 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
d27893ef 5652 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
949138cc 5653 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
43c71255
LP
5654 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
5655 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
5656 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
5657 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
5658 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
5659 this on its own.
5660
5661 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
5662 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
5663 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
5664 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
5665
5666 * We will now ship a default .network file for
5667 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
5668 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
5669 --network-bridge= switches.
5670
5671 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
5672 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
5673 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
5674 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
5675 metrics, according to what is customary according to
5676 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
5677 each configuration option.
5678
5679 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
ed28905e 5680 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
43c71255 5681 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
b8bde116 5682 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
43c71255
LP
5683 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
5684
5685 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
5686 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
5687 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
5688 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
5689 triggered by other work being done in the program.
5690
5691 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
5692 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
5693 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
5694 default however.
5695
b8bde116 5696 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
43c71255
LP
5697 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
5698 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
b8bde116 5699 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
43c71255
LP
5700 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
5701 them with systemd-networkd.
5702
d27893ef
LP
5703 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
5704 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
5705 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
b8bde116 5706 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
d27893ef
LP
5707 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
5708 is drastically increased, but given that these are
b8bde116 5709 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
d27893ef
LP
5710 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
5711 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
d28315e4 5712 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
ed28905e 5713 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
d27893ef
LP
5714 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
5715 during a transitional period!
5716
13b28d82 5717 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
43c71255
LP
5718 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
5719 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
5720 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
5721 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
5722 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
5723 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
5724 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5725
ccddd104 5726 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
43c71255 5727
e49b5aad
LP
5728CHANGES WITH 209:
5729
5730 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
5731 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
8b7d0494
JSJ
5732 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
5733 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
4670e9d5 5734 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
8b7d0494
JSJ
5735 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
5736 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
4670e9d5 5737 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
1e190502 5738 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
4670e9d5 5739 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
1e190502
ZJS
5740 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
5741 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
e49b5aad
LP
5742
5743 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
4c2413bf 5744 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
e49b5aad
LP
5745 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
5746 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
4c2413bf 5747 machines and the like.
e49b5aad
LP
5748
5749 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
5750 shutdown/boot.
5751
8b7d0494
JSJ
5752 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
5753 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
e49b5aad
LP
5754
5755 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
5756 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
4c2413bf 5757 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
e49b5aad
LP
5758 prepared for additional security frameworks.
5759
5760 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
5761 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
8b7d0494 5762 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
4c2413bf 5763 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
8b7d0494 5764 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
e49b5aad
LP
5765 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
5766
dfb08b05
ZJS
5767 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
5768 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
5769 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
a8eaaee7 5770 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
dfb08b05
ZJS
5771 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
5772 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
5773 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
5774 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
ce830873 5775 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
dfb08b05 5776
e49b5aad 5777 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
4c2413bf 5778 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
e49b5aad
LP
5779
5780 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
5781 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
5782 implementation.
5783
5784 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
4c2413bf 5785 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
e49b5aad
LP
5786 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
5787 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
5788 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
5789 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
5790 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
5791 and .service units.
5792
5793 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
5794 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
5795 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
5796
8b7d0494 5797 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
e49b5aad 5798 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
1e190502 5799 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
e49b5aad
LP
5800 nothing makes use of it.
5801
5802 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
5803 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
5804 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
5805
5806 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
5807 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
5808 compatibility purposes.
5809
5810 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
5811 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
5812 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
b9761003 5813 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
e49b5aad
LP
5814 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
5815 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
5816 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
5817 process handling.
5818
5819 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
5820 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
5821 style to "sd-bus.h".
5822
7e95eda5
PF
5823 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
5824 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
e49b5aad
LP
5825 "systemd-networkd".
5826
4c2413bf 5827 * There is a new kernel command line option
8b7d0494
JSJ
5828 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
5829 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
5830 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
5831 are not restored.
e49b5aad
LP
5832
5833 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
5834 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
5835 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
5836 PID1's support for that anymore.
5837
8b7d0494 5838 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
e49b5aad
LP
5839 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
5840
5841 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
5842 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
5843 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
5844 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
5845 container that is registered with machined, such as those
5846 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
5847
5848 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
4c2413bf 5849 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
8b7d0494
JSJ
5850 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
5851 onto remote systems.
e49b5aad
LP
5852
5853 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
5854 login in any local container. This works with any container
5855 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
8e420494 5856 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
e49b5aad
LP
5857
5858 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
5859 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
5860 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
5861 system of some kind.
5862
5863 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
5864 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
5865 next.
5866
5867 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
5868 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
5869 reboot() system call.
5870
5871 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
5872 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
8b7d0494 5873 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
e49b5aad
LP
5874 still available but not advertised anymore.
5875
e49b5aad
LP
5876 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
5877 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
b9761003 5878 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
e49b5aad
LP
5879 within each Unit.
5880
270f1624
LP
5881 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
5882 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
8e420494 5883 the kernel).
e49b5aad 5884
4670e9d5 5885 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
1e190502
ZJS
5886 timestamps (following the setting in
5887 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
e49b5aad
LP
5888
5889 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
5890 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
5891
5892 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
5893 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
5894
5895 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
5896 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
5897 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
5898
5899 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
5900 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
1e190502
ZJS
5901 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
5902 the full configuration is shown.
e49b5aad
LP
5903
5904 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
5905 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
1e190502
ZJS
5906 those commands which take multiple unit names.
5907
5908 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
e49b5aad
LP
5909
5910 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
5911 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
5912
4c2413bf 5913 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
e49b5aad
LP
5914 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
5915 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
5916 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
5917
5918 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
5919 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
5920 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
5921 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
5922
e49b5aad
LP
5923 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
5924 of the legend text.
5925
5926 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
5927 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
5928 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
5929 remote sessions.
5930
8e420494
LP
5931 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
5932 information of SDIO devices.
e49b5aad
LP
5933
5934 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
5935 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
5936 the system manager.
5937
1e190502 5938 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
e49b5aad
LP
5939 short description of the connection parameters in the
5940 description.
5941
4c2413bf 5942 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
e49b5aad 5943 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
4670e9d5 5944 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
1e190502
ZJS
5945 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
5946 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
5947 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
5948 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
e49b5aad 5949
c0c5af00 5950 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
4c2413bf 5951 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
e49b5aad 5952 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
4c2413bf
JE
5953 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
5954 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
5955 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
e49b5aad 5956 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
8b7d0494 5957 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
e49b5aad
LP
5958 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
5959
6300b3ec
LP
5960 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
5961 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
5962 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
5963 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
8b7d0494
JSJ
5964 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
5965 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
e49b5aad 5966 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
d28315e4 5967 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
6300b3ec
LP
5968 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
5969 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
5970 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
5971 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
5972 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
5973 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
5974 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
5975 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
5976 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
5977 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
5978 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
8b7d0494 5979 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
4c2413bf 5980 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
e49b5aad
LP
5981 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
5982 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
5983
8b7d0494 5984 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
e49b5aad 5985 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
8b7d0494
JSJ
5986 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
5987 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
5988 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
4c2413bf 5989 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
e49b5aad
LP
5990 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
5991 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
4c2413bf 5992 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
e49b5aad 5993 that you are aware of the instability of the current
ad42cf73
KS
5994 APIs.
5995
5996 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
e49b5aad 5997 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
8b7d0494 5998 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
4c2413bf
JE
5999 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
6000 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
6001 declare the APIs stable.
e49b5aad 6002
81c7dd89 6003 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
ad42cf73 6004 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
8b7d0494 6005 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
ad42cf73 6006 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
8b7d0494 6007 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
ad42cf73
KS
6008 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
6009 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
6010 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
6011 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
6012 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
6013 one of them is updated.
6014
e49b5aad 6015 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
4c2413bf 6016 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
e49b5aad
LP
6017 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
6018 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
6019 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
6020
6021 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
6022 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
6023 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
4c2413bf 6024 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
8b7d0494 6025 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
e49b5aad
LP
6026 entry points.
6027
6028 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
6029 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
6030 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
6031 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
8b7d0494 6032 been disabled at compile-time.
e49b5aad
LP
6033
6034 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
1e190502 6035 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
e49b5aad
LP
6036 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
6037 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
6038
1e190502
ZJS
6039 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
6040 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
6041 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
e49b5aad 6042
000b1ba5 6043 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
1e190502
ZJS
6044 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
6045 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
e49b5aad
LP
6046
6047 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
6048 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
8e420494 6049 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
1e190502
ZJS
6050
6051 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
6052 remains until jobs expire.
e49b5aad
LP
6053
6054 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
8b7d0494 6055 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
e49b5aad 6056 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
8e420494 6057 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
e49b5aad
LP
6058 all remaining processes of the service.
6059
4c2413bf
JE
6060 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
6061 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
e49b5aad
LP
6062 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
6063 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
6064 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
8b7d0494 6065 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
e49b5aad
LP
6066 manager process which created them takes no further
6067 responsibilities for it.
6068
1e190502 6069 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
e49b5aad
LP
6070 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
6071 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
6072 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
6073 marked executable or world-writable.
6074
6075 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
8b7d0494 6076 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
1e190502
ZJS
6077 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
6078 "--setenv=" for consistency.
e49b5aad
LP
6079
6080 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
6081 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
b9761003 6082 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
8b7d0494 6083 independent of the host.
e49b5aad
LP
6084
6085 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
6086 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
b9761003 6087 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
e49b5aad
LP
6088 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
6089
6090 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
6091 with specific SELinux labels set.
6092
6093 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
6094 any additional output but the container's own console
6095 output.
6096
6097 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
6098 container without PID namespacing enabled.
6099
6100 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
1e190502 6101 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
8e420494 6102 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
e49b5aad
LP
6103 OS images, but only specific apps.
6104
6105 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
8b7d0494 6106 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
e49b5aad 6107 results in registration of the unit service itself in
1e190502 6108 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
e49b5aad
LP
6109
6110 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
6111 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
4c2413bf 6112 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
8b7d0494
JSJ
6113 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
6114 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
6115 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
e49b5aad 6116
6afc95b7
LP
6117 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
6118 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
70a44afe 6119 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
b8bde116
JE
6120 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
6121 units to use.
6afc95b7 6122
e49b5aad
LP
6123 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
6124 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
6125 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
6126 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
6127
6128 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
6129 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
6130 context for a service.
6131
6132 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
6133 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
8b7d0494
JSJ
6134 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
6135 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
e49b5aad
LP
6136 influence this logic.
6137
6138 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
6139 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
6140 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
6141 other things.
6142
4c2413bf 6143 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
8b7d0494 6144 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
b8bde116
JE
6145 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
6146 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
e49b5aad
LP
6147 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
6148 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
6149 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
4c2413bf 6150 architectures). There is also a global
8b7d0494 6151 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
e49b5aad
LP
6152 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
6153
210054d7
KS
6154 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
6155 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
6156
e49b5aad
LP
6157 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
6158 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
6159 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
6160 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
6161 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
6162 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
6163 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
6164 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
6165 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
6166 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
6167 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
6168 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
6169 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6170 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
6171 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
6172 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
6173 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
6174 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
6175 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
6176 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
6177 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
6178 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
6179 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
6180 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6181
ccddd104 6182 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
e49b5aad 6183
cd4010b3
LP
6184CHANGES WITH 208:
6185
6186 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
6187 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
6188 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
6189 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
6190 access input and drm devices which are normally
6191 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
6192 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
6193 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
6194 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
6195 session switching without allowing background sessions to
6196 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
6197 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
6198 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
6199
6200 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
06b643e7 6201 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
cd4010b3
LP
6202 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
6203
6204 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
6205 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
6206 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
6207 kernel version number.
6208
6209 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
6210 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
d28315e4 6211 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
cd4010b3
LP
6212
6213 * This release removes high-level support for the
6214 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
6215 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
6216 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
d28315e4 6217 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
cd4010b3
LP
6218
6219 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
6220 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
6221 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
cc98b302
TH
6222 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
6223 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
cd4010b3
LP
6224 cgroup system.
6225
6226 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
6227 messages containing the slice a message was generated
6228 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
6229 logs among other things.
6230
6231 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
6232 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
6233 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
6234 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
6235 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
6236 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
6237 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
6238 journald which would be necessary to resolve
6239 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
6240 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
6241 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
6242 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
6243 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
6244 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
6245 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
6246 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
6247 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
6248 not delayed until next reboot.
6249
6250 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
6251 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
6252 systemd generated files in one directory.
6253
6254 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
6255 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
6256 performance information if that's available to determine how
6257 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
6258 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
6259 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
6260
6261 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
6262 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
6263 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
6264 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6265 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
6266 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
6267 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6268
ccddd104 6269 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
cd4010b3 6270
4f0be680
LP
6271CHANGES WITH 207:
6272
6273 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
f3a165b0 6274 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
4f0be680
LP
6275 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
6276 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
6277
6278 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
6279 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
6280 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
6281 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
6282 specified on the kernel command line less important.
6283
6284 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
6285 retrieve the VT number of a session.
6286
6287 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
6288 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
6289 maximum number of tries.
6290
6291 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
6292 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
6293 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
6294
6295 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
6296 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
6297
6298 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
6299 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
d28315e4 6300 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
4f0be680 6301
f3a165b0
KS
6302 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
6303 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
4f0be680
LP
6304 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
6305
6306 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
6307 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
387abf80 6308 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
4f0be680
LP
6309 and type).
6310
f3a165b0 6311 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
4f0be680
LP
6312 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
6313
6314 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
6315 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
f3a165b0 6316 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
4f0be680
LP
6317 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
6318
6319 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
6320 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
6321 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
6322 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
6323 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
6324 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
6325 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
6326 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
6327
6328 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
6329 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
6330 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
6331 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
6332
387abf80
LP
6333 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
6334 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
6335 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
6336 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
6337 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
6338 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
6339 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
04bf3c1a 6340
4f0be680
LP
6341 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
6342 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
6343
6344 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
6345 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
6346 automatically after the process terminated.
6347
6348 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
6349 certain paths from operation.
6350
6351 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
f47ad593
ZJS
6352 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
6353 is received.
4f0be680
LP
6354
6355 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
6356 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
6357 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
6358 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
6359 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
6360 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
6361 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
6362 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
6363 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
6364 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
6365 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
6366 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
6367 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6368
ccddd104 6369 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
4f0be680 6370
408f281b
LP
6371CHANGES WITH 206:
6372
6373 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
6374 concepts introduced with 205.
6375
6376 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
6377 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
6378 -r".
6379
6380 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
6381 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
33b521be 6382 --state= parameter.
408f281b
LP
6383
6384 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
6385 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
6386 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
6387 the journal.
6388
6389 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
6390 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
6391 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
6392
6393 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
6394 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
6395 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
6396 browsing logs from that point on.
6397
6398 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
6399 of an FSS key.
6400
251cc819
LP
6401 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
6402 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
6403 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
6404 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
6405 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
d28315e4 6406 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
251cc819
LP
6407 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
6408 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
6409 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
6410 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
6411 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
6412 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
6413 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
6414 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
6415
6416 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
6417 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
ce830873 6418 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
251cc819 6419 backing module right-away.
408f281b
LP
6420
6421 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
6422 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
6423
6424 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
6425 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
6426
251cc819
LP
6427 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
6428 set of processes in the message metadata.
408f281b
LP
6429
6430 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
6431
6432 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
6433 support for passing performance data via environment
6434 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
6435 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
6436 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
6437 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
6438 deserialize it again.
6439
28f5c779
KS
6440 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
6441 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
6442 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
6443 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
408f281b 6444
251cc819
LP
6445 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
6446 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
6447 completely silent shutdown when used.
6448
6449 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
6450 option in .socket units.
6451
6452 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
6453 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
6454 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
6455 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
6456 system.slice as before.
6457
6458 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
6459
6460 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
6461 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
6462 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6463 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
6464 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
6465 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
6466 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6467
ccddd104 6468 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
4f0be680 6469
00aa832b
LP
6470CHANGES WITH 205:
6471
6472 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
6473
6474 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
ccddd104 6475 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
00aa832b
LP
6476 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
6477 possible for system services and applications to group their
6478 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
6479 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
6480 together, or apply resource limits on them.
6481
6482 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
cc98b302 6483 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
00aa832b
LP
6484 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
6485 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
6486 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
6487
6488 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
6489 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
6490 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
6491 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
6492
6493 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
6494 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
6495 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
6496 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
6497 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
6498 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
6499 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
6500 and useful as a general batch manager.
6501
6502 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
6503 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
6504 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
6505 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
6506 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
6507 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
6508 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
6509 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
6510 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
6511 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
6512
6513 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
6514 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
6515 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
6516 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
6517 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
6518 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
6519 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
6520 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
6521 is compile-time optional.
6522
6523 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
6524 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
6525 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
6526 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
6527 well as slice units.
6528
6529 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
6530 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
6531 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
6532 but will be extended later on to make more properties
6533 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
6534 command that wraps this call.
6535
6536 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
6537 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
6538 while configuring a number of settings via the command
6539 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
6540 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
6541 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
6542 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
6543
6544 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
6545 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
6546 off audit.
6547
6548 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
6549 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
6550
6551 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
1fda0ab5
ZJS
6552 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
6553 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
6554 and system logs.
00aa832b
LP
6555
6556 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
6557 snippets extending unit files.
6558
6559 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
6560 not available as public API.
6561
6562 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
499b604b 6563 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
00aa832b
LP
6564 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
6565
6566 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
6567 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
6568 controls what to boot into by default.
6569
1fda0ab5
ZJS
6570 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
6571 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
6572
00aa832b
LP
6573 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
6574 generators needed for execution, as well as information
6575 about the unit file loading.
6576
00aa832b
LP
6577 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
6578 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
6579 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
6580 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
6581 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
6582 racy due to journal file rotation.
6583
6584 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
6585 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
6586 all services.
6587
6588 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
6589 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
6590 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
6591 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
6592 system services want to log events about specific client
6593 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
6594 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
6595 unit is requested.
6596
6597 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
6598 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
6599 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
6600 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
6601 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
6602 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6603 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
6604 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
6605 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
6606 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
6607 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
6608 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
6609 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
6610
606c24e3
LP
6611CHANGES WITH 204:
6612
6613 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
6614 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
6615
6616 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
6617 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
6618 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
6619
6620 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
6621 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6622
2f3fcf85
LP
6623CHANGES WITH 203:
6624
6625 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
6626 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
6627
6628 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
6629 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
6630 fields, including the root directory.
6631
6632 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
6633 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
b82eed9a 6634 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
2f3fcf85
LP
6635 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
6636 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
6637 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
6638 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
6639 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
6640 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
6641 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
6642 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
6643
6644 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
6645 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
6646
6647 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
6648 have taken an inhibitor lock.
6649
6650 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
6651 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
6652 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
6653 the local hostname.
6654
6655 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
6656 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
6657 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
6658 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
6659 VMs/containers coming and going.
6660
6661 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
6662 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
6663 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
6664
6665 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
6666 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
6667 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
6668 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
6669
6670 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
6671 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
6672 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
6673
6674 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
6675 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
6676 services. With the container's root directory in
6677 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
6678 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
6679
6680 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
6681 the processes within a certain container.
6682
6683 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
6684 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
6685 check though. Patches welcome!
6686
6687 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
6688 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
6689 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
6690 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
6691 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
6692
6693 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
6694 the passed argument if applicable.
6695
6696 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
6697 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
6698 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
6699 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
6700 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
6701 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
6702 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
6703 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6704
ef3b5246
LP
6705CHANGES WITH 202:
6706
6707 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
6708 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
6709 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
6710 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
6711 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
6712 units activate.
6713
6714 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
6715 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
6716 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
6717 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
6718 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
6719 for now, and not installable.
6720
6721 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
6722 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
6723 can run in conjunction with udev.
6724
6725 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
6726 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
6727 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
6728 session manager.
6729
6730 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
6731 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
6732 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
6733 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
6734 services, user processes and containers/virtual
6735 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
6736 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
7c04ad2d 6737 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
ef3b5246
LP
6738 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
6739 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
6740 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
6741
6742 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
6743
6744 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
6745 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
6746 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
6747 logical expressions.
6748
6749 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
6750 switches.
6751
6752 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
6753 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
7c04ad2d 6754 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
ef3b5246
LP
6755 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
6756 the user.
6757
cbeabcfb
ZJS
6758 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
6759 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
6760 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
6761 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
6762 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
6763 an entry.
6764
ef3b5246
LP
6765 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
6766 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6767 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
6768 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
6769 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
6770 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6771
d3a86981
LP
6772CHANGES WITH 201:
6773
6774 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
6775 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
6776 directory.
6777
6778 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
6779 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
6780 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
6781 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
6782 problem.
6783
6784 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
6785 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
6786 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
6787 before the key file is attempted to be read.
6788
6789 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
6790 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
6791
6792 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
6793 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
6794 files in this context are files such as
6795 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
6796
6797 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
6798 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
6799 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
6800 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
6801 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
6802 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
6803
6804 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
6805 hostnames.
6806
6807 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
6808 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
6809 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
6810 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
6811 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
6812 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
6813 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
6814 all time-related output of systemd.
6815
6816 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
6817 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
6818 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
6819 loops.
6820
6821 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
6822 (models, layouts, variants, options).
6823
6824 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
6825 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
d28315e4 6826 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
d3a86981
LP
6827 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
6828 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
6829
6830 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
6831 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
6832 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
6833 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
6834 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
6835 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
6836 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
6837
9ca3c17f
LP
6838CHANGES WITH 200:
6839
6840 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
6841 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
6842 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
6843 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
6844 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
6845 middle ground between physical and access time order.
6846
6847 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
6848 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
6849 images.
6850
6851 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
6852 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
6853 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6854
35911459
LP
6855CHANGES WITH 199:
6856
6857 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
6858
6859 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
6860 security policy.
6861
6862 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
6863 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
6864 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
6865 shared by all processes of a service (which means
6866 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
6867 the same service can still access). When a service is
6868 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
a87197f5 6869 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
35911459
LP
6870 this though).
6871
6872 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
6873 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
6874 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
6875 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
6876 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
6877 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
6878
6879 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
a87197f5 6880 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
35911459
LP
6881
6882 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
6883 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
6884
56cadcb6 6885 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
35911459 6886
c20d8298 6887 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
a87197f5
ZJS
6888 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
6889 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
6890 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
6891 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
35911459
LP
6892
6893 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
6894 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
6895 system is to be mounted.
6896
6897 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
6898 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
6899 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
6900 purpose for socket units.
6901
6a7d3d68
LP
6902 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
6903 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
6904
a87197f5
ZJS
6905 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
6906 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
c20d8298 6907 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
ab06eef8 6908 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
ce830873 6909 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
c20d8298 6910
35911459
LP
6911 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
6912 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
6913 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
6914 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6915 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
6916 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
6917 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
6918 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
6919 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6920
85d68397
LP
6921CHANGES WITH 198:
6922
6923 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
6924 files without having to edit/override the unit files
6925 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
6926 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
6927 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
ad88e758 6928 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
85d68397
LP
6929 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
6930 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
6931 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
40e21da8
KS
6932 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
6933 unit files locally: copying the files from
85d68397
LP
6934 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
6935 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
6936 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
6937 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
fd868975 6938 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
85d68397
LP
6939 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
6940 for them too.
6941
6942 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
6aa8d43a 6943 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
85d68397
LP
6944 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
6945 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
6946 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
6947 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
6948 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
156f7d09
KS
6949 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
6950 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
85d68397
LP
6951
6952 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
6953 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
6954
40e21da8 6955 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
85d68397
LP
6956 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
6957 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
6958 other users.
6959
6960 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
6961 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
6962 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
6963 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
6964 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
6aa8d43a 6965 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
85d68397
LP
6966 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
6967 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
6aa8d43a 6968 management logic is also available to other programs via the
85d68397
LP
6969 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
6970 supported.
6971
6972 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
6aa8d43a
LP
6973 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
6974 the foreground VT.
85d68397
LP
6975
6976 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
6977 call.
6978
6aa8d43a
LP
6979 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
6980 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
6981 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
85d68397
LP
6982 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
6983 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
6984 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
6aa8d43a
LP
6985 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
6986 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
6987 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
6988 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
6989 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
6990 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
6991 also been removed.
85d68397 6992
40e21da8 6993 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
6aa8d43a 6994 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
85d68397
LP
6995 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
6996 objects themselves.
6997
6998 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
6999
7000 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
7001 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
499b604b 7002 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
85d68397
LP
7003 to how this is supported in shells.
7004
7005 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
7006 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
7007 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
7008 user systemd instance.
7009
7010 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
7011 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
7012 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
7013 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
7014 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
7015 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
7016 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
7017 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
7018 one day for good in the kernel.
7019
7020 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
7021 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
7022 container.
7023
40e21da8 7024 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
6aa8d43a 7025 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
85d68397
LP
7026 the host into the container.
7027
7028 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
6aa8d43a
LP
7029 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
7030 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
7031 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
7032 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
7033 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
85d68397 7034
56cadcb6 7035 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
85d68397
LP
7036
7037 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
7038 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
6aa8d43a
LP
7039 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
7040 configured to be mounted there.
85d68397
LP
7041
7042 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
7043 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
7044 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
7045 system resume events.
7046
7047 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
7048 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
499b604b 7049 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
40e21da8 7050 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
85d68397
LP
7051
7052 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
7053 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
7054 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
7055 card).
7056
7057 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
7058 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
7059 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
7060
bf933560
KS
7061 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
7062 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
7063 later "change" event.
85d68397
LP
7064
7065 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
7066 now carry a message ID.
7067
7068 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
7069 continues to be work in progress.
7070
7071 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
7072 root directory to operate relative to.
7073
40e21da8
KS
7074 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
7075 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
85d68397
LP
7076 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
7077 times a little.
7078
7079 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
7080 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
7081 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
7082 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
7083 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
7084 request boot into firmware operations.
7085
7086 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
7087 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
7088 correctly in initrds.
7089
d35f51ea
ZJS
7090 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
7091 compile time optional via a configure switch.
85d68397
LP
7092
7093 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
7094 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
7095
7096 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
7097 the status of all active or failed units.
7098
7099 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
7100 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
7101 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
6aa8d43a 7102 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
85d68397
LP
7103 requests more robust.
7104
7105 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
7106 reading journal files.
7107
7108 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
7109 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
7110
56cadcb6 7111 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
85d68397
LP
7112
7113 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
6aa8d43a 7114 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
85d68397
LP
7115
7116 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
7117 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
7118 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
7119 socket activation in daemons.
7120
7121 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
7122 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
7123
43447fb7
LP
7124 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
7125 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
7126 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
7127
85d68397 7128 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
499b604b 7129 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
85d68397
LP
7130 system units.
7131
7132 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
7133 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
7134 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
7135
7136 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
7137 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
7138 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
6aa8d43a 7139 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
85d68397
LP
7140 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
7141 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
7142 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
7143 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
7144 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
7145 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
7146 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
6aa8d43a 7147 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
85d68397
LP
7148 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
7149 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
7150 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
7151 package installation time.
7152
7153 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
7154 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
7155 scripts need to create these system user/group at
7156 installation time.
7157
7158 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
7159 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
7160
7161 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
7162
40e21da8
KS
7163 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
7164 available.
85d68397 7165
1aed4590
LP
7166 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
7167 load SMACK policies at early boot.
7168
85d68397
LP
7169 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
7170 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
7171 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
7172 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
7173 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7174 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
7175 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
7176 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
7177 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
7178 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
7179 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
7180 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
7181 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
7182 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
7183
8ad26859
LP
7184CHANGES WITH 197:
7185
7186 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
7187 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
7188 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
7189 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
7190 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
7191 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
7192 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
7193 the supported calendar time specification language see
7194 systemd.time(7).
7195
7196 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
7197 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
7198 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
7199 document for details:
7200
56cadcb6 7201 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
8ad26859
LP
7202
7203 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
d28315e4
JE
7204 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
7205 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
8ad26859
LP
7206 implementations around and minimal in its code and
7207 dependencies.
7208
7209 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
7210 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
7211 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
7212 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
7213 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
7214 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
7215 with a configure switch.
7216
7217 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
7218 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
7219 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
7220 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
7221 such as ext4.
7222
7223 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
7224 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
7225 identities are attached to the devices as well.
7226
7227 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
7228 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
7229
7230 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
7231 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
7232 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
7233 using only core OS tools.
7234
7235 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
7236 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
7237 implementation of socket activated nspawn
7238 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
7239 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
7240 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
7241 eventually.
7242
7243 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
7244 presenting log data.
7245
7246 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
ce830873 7247 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
8ad26859
LP
7248
7249 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
7250 system on idle.
7251
7252 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
7253 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
7254 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
7255 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
7256 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
7257 information if possible.
7258
d35f51ea
ZJS
7259 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
7260 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
7261 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
8ad26859
LP
7262
7263 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
7264 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
7265 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
7266 is running on battery power.
7267
7268 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
7269 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
7270 is in the "failed" state.
7271
7272 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
7273 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
7274 environment files at once.
7275
7276 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
7277 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
7278 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
7279 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
7280 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
7281 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
7282 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
7283 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
7284 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
7285 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
7286 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
7287 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
7288 pieces of code locally from the git history.
7289
7290 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
7291 log the unit name in the message meta data.
7292
7293 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
7294 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
7295
7296 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
7297 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
7298 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
7299 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
b938cb90
JE
7300 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
7301 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
8ad26859
LP
7302 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
7303 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
7304 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
7305 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
7306 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
7307 shipped from us upstream.
7308
7309 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
7310 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
7311 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
7312 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
7313 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7314 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
7315 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
7316 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
7317 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
7318 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
7319 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
7320 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
7321 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7322
0428ddb7
LP
7323CHANGES WITH 196:
7324
7325 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
7326 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
7327 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
7328 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
7329 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
7330 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
7331 becoming the one central database for non-essential
7332 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
96ec33c0 7333 database was only attached to select devices, since the
0428ddb7 7334 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
96ec33c0
LP
7335 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
7336 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
7337 data for all devices where this is available, by
0428ddb7
LP
7338 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
7339 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
7340 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
7341 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
7342 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
7343 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
7344
7345 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
7346 indexed database to link up additional information with
7347 journal entries. For further details please check:
7348
56cadcb6 7349 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
0428ddb7
LP
7350
7351 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
7352 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
7353 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
7354 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
7355 macro for this purpose.
7356
7357 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
7358 Python logging framework.
7359
7360 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
7361 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
7362 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
7363 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
ab06eef8 7364 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
0428ddb7
LP
7365 time intervals.
7366
7367 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
7368 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
7369 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
7370
7371 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
7372 right-away on the selected coredump.
7373
7374 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
7375 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
7376 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
7377
7378 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
7379 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
7380 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
7381 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
7382
7383 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
7384 default.
7385
7386 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
7387 SMACK security label.
7388
7389 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
7390 daylight saving change.
7391
7392 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
7393 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
7394 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
7395 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
7396 distributions who still need support this to either continue
7397 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
7398 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
7399
d35f51ea
ZJS
7400 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
7401 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
7402 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
7403 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
7404 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
7405 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
7406 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
0428ddb7
LP
7407
7408 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
7409 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
7410
7411 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
7412 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
7413 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
7414 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
7415 offline updating tools.
7416
7417 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
7418 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
7419 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
7420 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
7421 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
7422 directories for packages to place various data files in.
7423
7424 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
7425 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
7426
7427 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
7428 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
7429 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
7430 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7431 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
7432 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
7433 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
7434 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
7435 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7436
139ee8cc
LP
7437CHANGES WITH 195:
7438
6827101a 7439 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
139ee8cc
LP
7440 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
7441 units via --unit=/-u.
7442
6827101a 7443 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
139ee8cc
LP
7444 right thing.
7445
7446 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
7447 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
7448 rotation.
7449
7450 * The journal will now index the available field values for
7451 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
7452 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
7453 completion of journalctl has been updated
7454 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
7455 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
7456
7457 * More service events are now written as structured messages
7458 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
7459
7460 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
7461 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
7462 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
7463 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
7464 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
7465 these settings from the command line now, especially since
7466 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
7467 completion.
7468
7469 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
7470 extract coredumps from the journal.
7471
7472 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
7473 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
7474 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
7475 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
7476 scratch their heads.
7477
7478 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
7479 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
7480
7481 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
7482 in immediate termination of systemd.
7483
7484 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
7485 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
7486
7487 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
7488 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
7489 mouse screen support has been added.
7490
7491 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
7492 Server-Sent-Events as output.
7493
1cb88f2c 7494 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
139ee8cc
LP
7495 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
7496 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
7497 "systemctl reload".
7498
15f47220 7499 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
139ee8cc
LP
7500 -u" instead.
7501
7502 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
7503 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
7504 configured.
7505
7506 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
7507 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
7508
7509 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
7510 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
4d92e078
LP
7511 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
7512 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
7513 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
7514 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
7515 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
139ee8cc 7516
f9b55720
LP
7517CHANGES WITH 194:
7518
7519 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
7520 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
7521 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
7522 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
7523 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
7524 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
7525 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
7526 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
7527 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
7528 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
7529 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
7530 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
7531
7532 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
7533 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
7534 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7535
597c52cf
LP
7536CHANGES WITH 193:
7537
7538 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
7539 starting from the specified location in the journal.
7540
7541 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
7542 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
7543 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
7544
7545 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
7546 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
7547 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
7548 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
7549 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
7550 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
7551 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
7552
7553 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
7554 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
7555
7556 This will download the journal contents in a
7557 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
7558
7559 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
7560
7561 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
7562 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
7563 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
7564 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
7565 screenshot of this app in its current state:
7566
7567 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
7568
7569 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
7570 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
7571
075d4ecb
LP
7572CHANGES WITH 192:
7573
7574 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
7575 too.
7576
d28315e4 7577 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
075d4ecb
LP
7578 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
7579 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
61233823 7580 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
075d4ecb
LP
7581 just start them.
7582
7583 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
7584 and line break accordingly.
7585
597c52cf
LP
7586 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7587 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
075d4ecb 7588
b6a86739
LP
7589CHANGES WITH 191:
7590
7591 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
7592 container environment, copying the host's timezone
7593 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
7594 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
7595 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
7596
7597 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
7598 will default to 10 if omitted.
7599
7600 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
7601 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
7602 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
7603 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
6563b535 7604 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
b6a86739
LP
7605
7606 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
7607 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
7608 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
7609 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
7610 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
7611 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
6563b535 7612 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
b6a86739
LP
7613
7614 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
7615 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
6563b535 7616 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
45afd519 7617 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
b6a86739
LP
7618 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
7619 into two.
7620
597c52cf
LP
7621 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
7622 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
b6a86739 7623
0c11f949
LP
7624CHANGES WITH 190:
7625
d28315e4 7626 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
0c11f949
LP
7627 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
7628 "systemctl status".
7629
7630 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
7631 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
8d0256b7 7632 system to another place in the same file system could not be
0c11f949
LP
7633 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
7634 field.)
7635
7636 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
7637 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
7638 default.
7639
7640 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
7641 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
7642 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
7643 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
7644 in a container.
7645
7646 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
7647 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
7648 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
7649 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
7650 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
7651 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
7652
7653 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
7654 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
7655 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
7656 no-op.
7657
7658 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
7659 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
7660 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
7661 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
7662 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
7663
7664 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
7665 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
7666
7667 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
7668 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
7669 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
7670 command.
7671
7672 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
7673 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
7674 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
7675
7676 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
7677
7678 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
7679 multiple files at once.
7680
7681 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
7682 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
7683 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
7684 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
7685 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
7686 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
7687 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
7688
a98d5d64
LP
7689 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
7690 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
7691 now support specifiers as well.
0c11f949
LP
7692
7693 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
7694 dir: %_presetdir.
7695
d28315e4 7696 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
dca348bc 7697 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
0c11f949
LP
7698
7699 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
7700 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
7701 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
7702 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
7703 anymore.
7704
aaccc32c 7705 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
0c11f949
LP
7706 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
7707 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
7708 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
7709
7710 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
7711 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
7712 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
7713
7714 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
7715 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
7716 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
7717 sockets.
7718
7719 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
7720 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
7721 is changed.
7722
7723 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
7724 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
7725 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
7726 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
7727 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
f131770b 7728 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
0c11f949
LP
7729 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
7730
7731 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
7732
7733 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
7734 the unit file label and client process label into account.
7735
aad803af
LP
7736 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
7737 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
7738
7739 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
7740 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
7741 (%b).
7742
b6a86739 7743 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
0c11f949
LP
7744 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
7745 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7746 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7747 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
7748 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
7749 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7750
38a60d71
LP
7751CHANGES WITH 189:
7752
7753 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
7754 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
7755
7756 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
7757 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
7758 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
7759 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
7760 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
7761 syslog daemons again.
7762
7763 * The libudev API gained the new
7764 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
7765
7766 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
7767 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
7768 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
7769 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
7770
7771 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
7772 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
7773 container.
7774
7775 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
7776 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
7777 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
7778 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
7779 this explaining it in more detail.
7780
7781 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
7782 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
7783 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
7784 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
7785
7786 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
7787 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
7788 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
7789 journal files.
7790
7791 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
7792 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
7793 as container init process a lot more fun.
7794
7795 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
7796 entries.
7797
7798 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
7799 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
7800 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
7801 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
7802 different sets of services.
7803
7804 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
7805 failure state.
7806
b6a86739 7807 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
38a60d71
LP
7808 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
7809 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7810
c269cec3
LP
7811CHANGES WITH 188:
7812
7813 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
7814 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
7815 tree a lot more organized.
7816
7817 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
7818 may be used to group services in a natural way.
7819
7820 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
7821 services.
7822
7823 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
7824 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
7825 filtering by log level now.
7826
7827 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
7828 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
7829 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
7830
ab06eef8 7831 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
c269cec3
LP
7832 command lines involving service unit names.
7833
7834 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
7835 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
7836
7837 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
7838 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
7839 and encodes structured information about the error number.
7840
7841 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
7842 option.
7843
7844 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
7845 a shutdown is cancelled.
7846
7847 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
7848 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
7849 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
7850 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
7851 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
7852
7853 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
7854 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
7855 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
7856 for display managers instead.
7857
7858 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
7859 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
7860 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
7861 protection, and suchlike.
7862
7863 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
7864 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
7865 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
7866 the service.
7867
7868 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
7869 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
7870 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
7871 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
7872 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
7873 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7874
c4f1b862
LP
7875CHANGES WITH 187:
7876
7877 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
7878 pages.
7879
7880 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
7881 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
7882 data loss.
7883
c269cec3 7884 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
c4f1b862
LP
7885 option.
7886
7887 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
7888
7889 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
7890 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
7891
7892 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
7893 specific directory.
7894
7895 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
7896 messages of two different boots.
7897
7898 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
7899 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
7900 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
7901
7902 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
7903 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
7904 disjunctions.
7905
7906 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
7907 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
7908 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
7909
7910 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
7911 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
7912 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
7913
7914 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
7915 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
7916 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
7917 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
7918 speed things up a bit.
7919
7920 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
7921 header data of journal files.
7922
7923 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
7924 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
7925 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
7926
7927 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
7928 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
7929 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
7930 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
7931
7932 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
7933
7934 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
7935 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
7936 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
7937 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7938
b5b4c94a
LP
7939CHANGES WITH 186:
7940
7941 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
7942 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
7943 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
7944 prefixed with rd.
7945
7946 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
7947 automatically generated at boot. Use:
7948
7949 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
7950
7951 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
7952
d1f9edaf 7953 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
b5b4c94a
LP
7954
7955 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
7956 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
7957 as well.
7958
7959 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
7960 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
7961 in all appropriate directories automatically.
7962
7963 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
7964 does the right thing. Example:
7965
7966 udevadm info /dev/sda
7967 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
7968
7969 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
7970 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
7971 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
7972 running.
7973
7974 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
7975 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
7976
7977 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
7978 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
7979
7980 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
7981 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
7982 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
7983 files.
7984
7985 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
7986 be stopped that is not loaded.
7987
7988 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
7989
7990 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
7991
7992 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
7993 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
7994 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
7995 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
7996
7997 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
7998 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
7999 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
8000 completed initialization.
8001
8002 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
8003
8004 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
8005 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
8006 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
8007 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
8008 distributions.
8009
8010 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
8011 always valid when services log to the journal via
8012 STDOUT/STDERR.
8013
8014 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
8015 command line options we understand.
8016
8017 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
8018 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
8019
91ac7425 8020 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
b5b4c94a
LP
8021 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
8022
8023 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
8024 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
8025 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
8026 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
8027
8028 systemctl status /home
8029 systemctl status /dev/sda
8030
8031 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
8032 system.conf parsing.
8033
8034 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
8035 Manager object.
8036
ce830873 8037 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
b5b4c94a
LP
8038
8039 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
8040
8041 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
8042 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
8043 complete.
8044
8045 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
8046 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
8047 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
8048 systemd-fsck@.service.
8049
8050 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
8051 Manager object.
8052
8053 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
8054 work sensibly.
8055
8056 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
8057 we actually understand.
8058
8059 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
8060 additional capabilities to the container.
8061
8062 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
5b00c016 8063 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
b5b4c94a
LP
8064 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
8065
8066 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
8067 the current boot only.
8068
8069 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
8070 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
8071
8072 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
8073 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
8074 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
8075 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
8076 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
8077
c4f1b862 8078 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
b5b4c94a 8079
2d938ac7
LP
8080 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
8081 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
8082 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
8083 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
b5b4c94a 8084
2d197285 8085CHANGES WITH 185:
b6a86739 8086
2d197285
KS
8087 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
8088 available.
8089
8090 * Several new man pages have been added.
8091
b5b4c94a
LP
8092 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
8093 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
8094 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
8095 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
2d197285 8096
b5b4c94a
LP
8097 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
8098 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
2d197285
KS
8099
8100 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
8101 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
8102 Matthias Clasen
8103
4c8cd173 8104CHANGES WITH 184:
b6a86739 8105
4c8cd173
LP
8106 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
8107 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
8108
8109 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
8110 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
8111 daemon.
8112
8113 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
8114 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
8115
8116 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
8117 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
8118 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
8119 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
8120
ea5943d3 8121CHANGES WITH 183:
b6a86739 8122
187076d4
LP
8123 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
8124 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
8125 and systemd's most recent version number.
8126
194bbe33
KS
8127 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
8128 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
8129 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
8130 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
8131 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
ea5943d3 8132 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
07cd4fc1 8133
91cf7e5c 8134 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
f13b388f
KS
8135 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
8136 subsystems.
64661ee7 8137
2d13da88
KS
8138 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
8139 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
8140 used to subscribe to events.
8141
194bbe33
KS
8142 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
8143 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
8144 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
8145 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
ea5943d3 8146 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
194bbe33
KS
8147 forked by udev rules.
8148
f13b388f
KS
8149 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
8150 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
8151 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
8152 it.
8153
ea5943d3 8154 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
c1959569
KS
8155 udev_monitor_from_socket()
8156 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
8157 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
ea5943d3 8158 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
c1959569 8159
ea5943d3 8160 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
9ae9afce 8161 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
18b754d3
KS
8162
8163 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
8164 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
8165 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
8166 the files to the new names on upgrade.
8167
ea5943d3
LP
8168 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
8169 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
8170 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
8171 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
8172 to be used as drop-in files.
8173
8174 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
49f43d5f 8175 particular suspending and hibernating.
ea5943d3
LP
8176
8177 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
8178 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
8179 about this in more detail.
8180
8181 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
ce830873 8182 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
ea5943d3
LP
8183 places). Distributions which have not converted these
8184 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
8185 from git history and add them downstream.
8186
8187 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
8188 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
3943231c 8189 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
ea5943d3
LP
8190 units.
8191
8192 * All smaller setup units (such as
8193 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
8194 are run in a container and are skipped when
8195 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
8196 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
8197
8198 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
8199 integrated, for details see:
c6749ba5 8200 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
ea5943d3
LP
8201
8202 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
8203 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
8204 messages.
8205
439d6dfd
LP
8206 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
8207 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
ea5943d3
LP
8208 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
8209 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
8210 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
8211
8212 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
8213 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
8214 for all units started by PID 1.
8215
8216 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
8217 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
8218 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
8219
3943231c
LP
8220 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
8221 of PID 1 anymore.
ea5943d3
LP
8222
8223 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
8224 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
d28315e4 8225 have not been read by systemd yet.
ea5943d3
LP
8226
8227 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
8228 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
8229 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
8230 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
8231 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
8232 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
8233
8234 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
8235 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
8236
8237 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
8238
8239 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
8240 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
8241 so sexy.
8242
8243 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
8244 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
8245 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
8246 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
8247 patterns.
8248
8249 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
8250 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
8251 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
8252 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
8253
8254 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
8255 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
8256
8257 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
8258 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
8259 in systemd now.
8260
8261 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
8262 ID on the command line.
8263
f8c0a2cb 8264 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
ea5943d3
LP
8265 for an init system.
8266
8267 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
8268 vt100.
8269
8270 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
8271
8272 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
3943231c 8273 components now have directories of their own.
ea5943d3
LP
8274
8275 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
8276
8277 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
8278 container in other hierarchies.
8279
8280 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
8281 system.conf.
8282
8283 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
8284
8285 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
8286 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
8287
d28315e4 8288 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
ea5943d3
LP
8289 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
8290
8291 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
8292 locally generated journal files.
8293
8294 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
8295
8296 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
8297
79849bf9
LP
8298 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
8299 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
8300 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
8301 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
8302 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
8303 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
8304 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
8305 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
8306 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
8307 Gundersen
8308
16f1239e 8309CHANGES WITH 44:
b6a86739 8310
16f1239e
LP
8311 * This is mostly a bugfix release
8312
8313 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
8314 KVM or container configured UUID.
8315
8316 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
8317
8318 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
8319
ab06eef8 8320 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
16f1239e
LP
8321 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
8322
ce830873 8323 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
16f1239e
LP
8324
8325 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
8326 folks
8327
8328 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
d28315e4 8329 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
16f1239e
LP
8330 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
8331
8332 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
8333 configuration
8334
8335 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
8336 free fashion
8337
8338 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
8339 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
b938cb90 8340 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
16f1239e
LP
8341 automatically generated data.
8342
8343 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
8344 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
8345 however.
8346
8347 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
8348 tarball.
8349
8350 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
8351 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
8352 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
8353 Reding
8354
437b7dee 8355CHANGES WITH 43:
b6a86739 8356
437b7dee
LP
8357 * This is mostly a bugfix release
8358
8359 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
8360
8361 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
8362
45afd519 8363 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
437b7dee
LP
8364 normal user logins.
8365
8366 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
8367 Biebl
8368
204fa33c 8369CHANGES WITH 42:
b6a86739 8370
204fa33c
LP
8371 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
8372
8373 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
8374 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
8375 xsltproc.
8376
8377 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
8378 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
8379 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
8380
8381 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
8382 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
8383 reboot can automatically be triggered.
8384
8385 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
8386
8387 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
8388 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
8389 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
8390
e0d25329 8391CHANGES WITH 41:
b6a86739 8392
e0d25329
KS
8393 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
8394 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
8395 package update.
8396
b13df964
LP
8397 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
8398 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
8399 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
8400
8401 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
8402 complete.
8403
8404 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
8405 understood to set system wide environment variables
8406 dynamically at boot.
8407
e9c1ea9d 8408 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
ccd07a08 8409
353e12c2
LP
8410 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
8411 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
8412 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
8413 files.
8414
b13df964
LP
8415 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8416 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
8417 William Douglas
8418
d26e4270 8419CHANGES WITH 40:
b6a86739 8420
d26e4270
LP
8421 * This is mostly a bugfix release
8422
8423 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
8424 "Result" D-Bus property.
8425
8426 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
8427 the next few releases.)
8428
8429 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
8430 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
8431 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
8432 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
8433
b13df964
LP
8434 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
8435 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
8436 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
8437
220a21d3 8438CHANGES WITH 39:
b6a86739 8439
220a21d3
LP
8440 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
8441 bugfixes.
8442
8443 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
8444 resource usage.
8445
8446 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
8447 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
8448 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
8449 journals by the respective users.
8450
8451 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
8452 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
8453 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
8454
8455 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
8456 client for all entries.
8457
8458 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
8459
8460 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
8461 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
8462
8463 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
8464 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
8465 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
8466 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
8467
8468 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
8469 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
8470 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
8471
8472 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
8473 journal along with meta data.
8474
8475 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
8476 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
8477 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
8478
8479 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
8480 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
56cadcb6 8481 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
220a21d3
LP
8482
8483 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
8484
8485 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
8486 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
8487 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
8488 or fsck.
8489
d28315e4 8490 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
220a21d3
LP
8491 requested with new -k switch.
8492
8493 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8494 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
8495
8496CHANGES WITH 38:
b6a86739 8497
220a21d3
LP
8498 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
8499 bugfixes.
8500
8501 * The git repository moved to:
8502 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
8503 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
8504
8505 * First release with the journal
8506 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
8507
8508 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
8509 systemd-stdout-bridge.
8510
8511 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
8512
8513 * Many systemadm clean-ups
8514
8515 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
8516 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
8517 remote mounts.
8518
8519 * Added Mageia support
8520
8521 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
8522
8523 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
8524 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
8525 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
8526 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
8527 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
8528
8529 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
8530 of existing distributions.
8531
8532 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
8533 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
8534
8535 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
8536 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
8537 boot.
8538
8539 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
8540
8541 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
8542 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
8543 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
8544 among other things.
8545
8546 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
8547 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
8548
8549 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
8550
ce830873 8551 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
220a21d3
LP
8552 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
8553 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
8554
8555 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
8556 restored.
8557
8558 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
8559 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
8560 kmod
8561
d28315e4 8562 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
220a21d3
LP
8563 of /usr/local by default.
8564
8565 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
8566 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
8567 in:
56cadcb6 8568 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
220a21d3
LP
8569
8570 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
8571 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
8572 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
8573 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
8574 supported anyway, and bad style).
8575
8576 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
8577 reloading of units together.
8578
4c8cd173 8579 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
220a21d3
LP
8580 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
8581 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
8582 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
8583 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek